aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/src/MTools
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'src/MTools')
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Adapters/WacomAdapter.pm159
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Anim/MOpacity.pm143
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Anim/MPath.pm193
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Anim/MScalor.pm154
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Anim/MTranslator.pm166
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MAntiRecouvrement.pm240
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MFlicker.pm79
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MFocuser.pm89
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MInertie.pm153
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MMover.pm221
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MMultiSelection.pm754
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MReconizer.pm145
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MTremor.pm121
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Comp/MWritable.pm276
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MAntiRecouvrementGroup.pm191
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MCircle.pm51
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MClip.pm90
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MCurve.pm54
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MImage.pm69
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MRect.pm54
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MText.pm54
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/GUI/MTexture.pm75
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/MGroup.pm41
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/MIvy.pm75
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/MObjet.pm128
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/MState.pm149
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/MSwitch.pm201
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/MTimer.pm104
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/SVG/SVGLoader.pm87
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Transform/MRotation.pm76
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Widget/MBouton.pm180
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Widget/MRadioBouton.pm108
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Widget/MRadioGroup.pm86
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Widget/MSplitPane.pm224
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/Widget/MToggleBouton.pm81
-rw-r--r--src/MTools/ptkdb.pm4229
36 files changed, 9300 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/MTools/Adapters/WacomAdapter.pm b/src/MTools/Adapters/WacomAdapter.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d6c77a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Adapters/WacomAdapter.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+package MTools::Adapters::WacomAdapter;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use MTools::MIvy;
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $adresse, $ivy_name, $wacom_adresse) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ if (!defined $wacom_adresse)
+ {
+ $wacom_adresse = 'default';
+ }
+ bless $self, $class;
+ $self -> {__pointer_status} = 0;
+ $self -> {__ivy} = new MTools::MIvy ($adresse, $ivy_name);
+ $self -> {__ivy} -> binding ('pad_event wacom_id='.$wacom_adresse.' button=(.*) status=(.*) time=(.*)', [\&wacom_event, $self, 'buttons']);
+ $self -> {__ivy} -> binding ('slider_event wacom_id='.$wacom_adresse.' value=(.*) side=(.*) time=(.*)', [\&wacom_event, $self, 'sliders']);
+ $self -> {__ivy} -> binding ('pointer_event wacom_id='.$wacom_adresse.' x=(.*) y=(.*) presure=(.*) tilt_x=(.*) tilt_y=(.*) wheel=(.*) predicted_x=(.*) predicted_y=(.*) type=(.*) serial_number=(.*) time=(.*)', [\&wacom_event, $self, 'pointers']);
+ return $self;
+
+}
+
+sub binding {
+ my ($self, $reg, $cb) = @_;
+ if ($reg eq '<WSlider>')
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {sliders} -> {all}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg =~ /\<WSlider(.*)-(.*)\>/)
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {sliders} -> {$1} -> {$2}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg =~ /\<WSlider(.*)\>/)
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {sliders} -> {$1} -> {all}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg eq '<WButton>')
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {buttons} -> {all}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg =~ /\<WButton(.*)-(.*)\>/)
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {buttons} -> {$1} -> {$2}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg =~ /\<WButton(.*)\>/)
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {buttons} -> {$1} -> {all}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg eq '<WPointer>')
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {pointers} -> {all}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg =~ /\<WPointer(.*)-(.*)\>/)
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {pointers} -> {$1} -> {$2}}, $cb);
+ }
+ elsif ($reg =~ /\<WPointer(.*)\>/)
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {pointers} -> {$1} -> {all}}, $cb);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "Can't recognize a wacom event in $reg\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub wacom_event {
+ my ($agent, $self, $type, $value, $status, $time, @others) = @_;
+ my @callbacks = ();
+ my @args = ();
+ if ($type eq 'sliders')
+ {
+ my $nb = 0;
+ if ($value != 0)
+ {
+ while ($value != 1)
+ {
+ $value = $value / 2;
+ $nb ++;
+ }
+ $nb++;
+ }
+ $value = $nb;
+ }
+ if ($type eq 'pointers')
+ {
+ $status = $others [5];
+ if ($status =~ /(.*)_(.*)_(.*)_(.*)/)
+ {
+ $status = $3;
+ }
+ elsif ($status =~ /(.*)_(.*)_(.*)/)
+ {
+ $status = $2;
+ }
+ if ($time == 0)
+ {
+ $value = 'Release';
+ $self -> {__pointer_status} = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($self -> {__pointer_status})
+ {
+ $value = 'Motion';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $value = 'Press';
+ $self -> {__pointer_status} = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (defined $self -> {$type} -> {all})
+ {
+ push (@callbacks, @{$self -> {$type} -> {all}});
+ }
+ if (defined $self -> {$type} -> {$status} -> {all})
+ {
+ push (@callbacks, @{$self -> {$type} -> {$status} -> {all}});
+ }
+ if (defined $self -> {$type} -> {$status} -> {$value})
+ {
+ push (@callbacks, @{$self -> {$type} -> {$status} -> {$value}});
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @callbacks; $i ++)
+ {
+ executer ($callbacks[$i], $value, $status, $type);
+ }
+}
+
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Anim/MOpacity.pm b/src/MTools/Anim/MOpacity.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1882ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Anim/MOpacity.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+package MTools::Anim::MOpacity;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# MOpacity permet de realiser une animation sur la transparence d'un objet
+#
+# proprietes :
+# * -visible : permet d'activer ou non l'animation
+# * from_opacity : valeur initiale de l'opacite au depart de l'animation
+# * to_opacity : valeur de l'opacite a la fin de l'animation
+# * duration : duree de l'animation
+# * loop : marque le caractere repetitif ou non de l'animation
+# * targets : objets cible de cette animation
+# Evenements :
+# * ANIMATION_END : Notifie lorque l'annimation se termine
+# * OPACITY_CHANGED : Notifie lorsque la valeur de l'opacite est changee au cours de l'animation
+# * ANIMATION_ABORD : Notifie lorsque l'animation est stoppee avant la fin
+# Fonctions :
+# * start : demarre l'animation
+# * stop: arrete l'animation
+# * isRunning : test si l'animation est en cours
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use Anim;
+use Anim::Pacing::Linear;
+use Anim::Path::Rectilinear;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('from_opacity', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('to_opacity', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('duration', 1);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('loop', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('targets', undef);
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_END');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('OPACITY_CHANGED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_ABORD');
+ $self -> plisten ('-visible', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ if ($val == 0)
+ {
+ $self -> stop ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> start ();
+ }
+ });
+ $self -> {__animation} = undef;
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub start {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $pacing = new Anim::Pacing::Linear (-duration => $self -> mget ('duration'));
+ $self -> {__opacitydep} = my $opacitydep = $self -> mget ('from_opacity');
+
+ my $animationpath = new Anim::Path::Rectilinear (
+ -xdep => 0,
+ -ydep => 0,
+ -xdest => $self -> mget ('to_opacity') - $opacitydep,
+ -ydest => 0,
+ );
+ $self -> {__opacity} = $opacitydep;
+ $self -> {__animation} = my $animation = new Anim (
+ -pacing => $pacing,
+ -resources => [
+ $animationpath,
+ -command => sub { $self -> __event (@_)},
+ -endcommand => sub {$self -> notify ('ANIMATION_END');$self -> {__animation} = undef;},
+ ],
+ -stopcommand => sub {$self -> notify ('ANIMATION_ABORD', $self -> {__opacity});$self -> {__animation} = undef;},
+ -loop => $self -> mget ('loop'),
+ );
+ $animation -> start ();
+}
+
+sub stop {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__animation})
+ {
+ $self -> {__animation} -> stop ();
+ }
+}
+
+sub __event {
+ my ($self, $opacity) = @_;
+ $opacity += $self -> {__opacitydep};
+ my @targets = ();
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('targets');
+ if (ref ($target) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @targets = @{$target};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push (@targets, $target);
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @targets; $i++)
+ {
+ $targets [$i] -> mconfigure ('-alpha' => $opacity);
+ }
+ $self -> {__opacity} = $opacity;
+ $self -> notify ('OPACITY_CHANGED', $opacity);
+}
+
+sub isRunning {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ return defined $self -> {__animation};
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Anim/MPath.pm b/src/MTools/Anim/MPath.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fcbb2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Anim/MPath.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+package MTools::Anim::MPath;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# MPath permet de realiser une animation de deplacement suivant un chemin
+#
+# proprietes :
+# * -visible : permet d'activer ou non l'animation
+# * path : chemin
+# * duration : duree de l'animation
+# * loop : marque le caractere repetitif ou non de l'animation
+# * targets : objets cible de cette animation
+# Evenements :
+# * ANIMATION_END : Notifie lorque l'annimation se termine
+# * VALUE_CHANGED : Notifie lorsque la valeur de l'opacite est changee au cours de l'animation
+# * ANIMATION_ABORD : Notifie lorsque l'animation est stoppee avant la fin
+# Fonctions :
+# * start : demarre l'animation
+# * stop: arrete l'animation
+# * isRunning : test si l'animation est en cours
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use Anim;
+use Anim::Pacing::Linear;
+use Anim::Path::Rectilinear;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('path', []);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('duration', 1);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('loop', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('targets', undef);
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_END');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('VALUE_CHANGED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_ABORD');
+ $self -> plisten ('path', [$self, 'pathchanged']);
+ $self -> plisten ('-visible', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ if ($val == 0)
+ {
+ $self -> stop ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> start ();
+ }
+ });
+ $self -> {__animation} = undef;
+ $self -> {__length} = 0;
+ $self -> {__x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__vx} = 0;
+ $self -> {__vy} = 0;
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub pathchanged {
+ my ($self, $src, $key, $value) = @_;
+ my @points = @{$value};
+ my $length = 0;
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @points - 1; $i ++)
+ {
+ my $x = $points [$i + 1] -> [0] - $points [$i] -> [0];
+ my $y = $points [$i + 1] -> [1] - $points [$i] -> [1];
+ $length += sqrt ($x * $x + $y * $y);
+ }
+ $self -> {__length} = $length;
+}
+
+sub start {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+
+ my @points = @{$self -> mget ('path')};
+ if (!defined @points || @points <= 0) {return;}
+ $self -> {__x} = $points [0] -> [0];
+ $self -> {__y} = $points [0] -> [1];
+ my $pacing = new Anim::Pacing::Linear (-duration => $self -> mget ('duration'));
+ $self -> {__percentage} = 0;
+ my $animationpath = new Anim::Path::Rectilinear (
+ -xdep => 0,
+ -ydep => 0,
+ -xdest => 100,
+ -ydest => 0,
+ );
+ $self -> {__animation} = my $animation = new Anim (
+ -pacing => $pacing,
+ -resources => [
+ $animationpath,
+ -command => sub { $self -> __event (@_)},
+ -endcommand => sub {$self -> notify ('ANIMATION_END'); $self -> {__animation} = undef;},
+ ],
+ -stopcommand => sub {
+ $self -> notify ('ANIMATION_ABORD', $self -> __getPoint ($self -> {__percentage}));
+ $self -> {__animation} = undef;
+ },
+ -loop => $self -> mget ('loop'),
+ );
+ $animation -> start ();
+}
+
+sub stop {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__animation})
+ {
+ $self -> {__animation} -> stop ();
+ }
+}
+
+sub __getPoint {
+ my ($self, $percentage) = @_;
+ my @points = @{$self -> mget ('path')};
+ my $length = $self -> {__length} * $percentage / 100;
+ my $x = 0;
+ my $y = 0;
+ my $vx = 0;
+ my $vy = 0;
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @points - 1; $i ++)
+ {
+ $vx = $x = $points [$i + 1] -> [0] - $points [$i] -> [0];
+ $vy = $y = $points [$i + 1] -> [1] - $points [$i] -> [1];
+ my $d = sqrt ($x * $x + $y * $y);
+ $length -= $d;
+ if ($length <= 0)
+ {
+ $d = ($d + $length) / $d;
+ $x = $d * $x + $points [$i] -> [0];
+ $y = $d * $y + $points [$i] -> [1];
+ $i = @points;
+ }
+ }
+ return ($x, $y, $vx, $vy);
+}
+
+sub __event {
+ my ($self, $percentage) = @_;
+ my ($x, $y, $vx, $vy) = $self -> __getPoint ($percentage);
+ my @targets = ();
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('targets');
+ if (ref ($target) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @targets = @{$target};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push (@targets, $target);
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @targets; $i++)
+ {
+ $targets [$i] -> translate ($x - $self -> {__x}, $y - $self -> {__y});
+ }
+ $self -> {__x} = $x;
+ $self -> {__y} = $y;
+ $self -> {__percentage} = $percentage;
+ $self -> notify ('VALUE_CHANGED', $x, $y, $vx, $vy);
+}
+
+sub isRunning {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ return defined $self -> {__animation};
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Anim/MScalor.pm b/src/MTools/Anim/MScalor.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbdc49d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Anim/MScalor.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+package MTools::Anim::MScalor;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# MScalor permet de realiser une animation de scale sur l'objet
+#
+# proprietes :
+# * -visible : permet d'activer ou non l'animation
+# * center_x, center_y : coordonnees du centre de la transformation
+# * from_x, from_y : valeur initiale de la transformation
+# * to_x, to_y : valeur finale de la transformation
+# * duration : duree de l'animation
+# * loop : marque le caractere repetitif ou non de l'animation
+# * targets : objets cible de cette animation
+# Evenements :
+# * ANIMATION_END : Notifie lorque l'annimation se termine
+# * SCALED : Notifie lorsque la valeur de l'opacite est changee au cours de l'animation
+# * ANIMATION_ABORD : Notifie lorsque l'animation est stoppee avant la fin
+# Fonctions :
+# * start : demarre l'animation
+# * stop: arrete l'animation
+# * isRunning : test si l'animation est en cours
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use Anim;
+use Anim::Pacing::Linear;
+use Anim::Path::Rectilinear;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('center_x', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('center_y', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('from_x', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('from_y', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('to_x', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('to_y', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('duration', 1);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('loop', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('targets', undef);
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_END');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('SCALED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_ABORD');
+ $self -> plisten ('-visible', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ if ($val == 0)
+ {
+ $self -> stop ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> start ();
+ }
+ });
+ $self -> {__animation} = undef;
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub start {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $pacing = new Anim::Pacing::Linear (-duration => $self -> mget ('duration'));
+ $self -> {__xdep} = my $xdep = $self -> mget ('from_x');
+ $self -> {__ydep} = my $ydep = $self -> mget ('from_y');
+
+ my $animationpath = new Anim::Path::Rectilinear (
+ -xdep => 0,
+ -ydep => 0,
+ -xdest => $self -> mget ('to_x') - $xdep,
+ -ydest => $self -> mget ('to_y') - $ydep,
+ );
+ $self -> {__x} = $xdep;
+ $self -> {__y} = $ydep;
+ $self -> {__animation} = my $animation = new Anim (
+ -pacing => $pacing,
+ -resources => [
+ $animationpath,
+ -command => sub { $self -> __event (@_)},
+ -endcommand => sub {$self -> notify ('ANIMATION_END');$self -> {__animation} = undef;},
+ ],
+ -stopcommand => sub {$self -> notify ('ANIMATION_ABORD', $self -> {__x}, $self -> {__y});$self -> {__animation} = undef;},
+ -loop => $self -> mget ('loop'),
+ );
+ $animation -> start ();
+}
+
+sub stop {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__animation})
+ {
+ $self -> {__animation} -> stop ();
+ }
+}
+
+sub __event {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ my $cx = $self -> mget ('center_x');
+ my $cy = $self -> mget ('center_y');
+ $x += $self -> {__xdep};
+ $y += $self -> {__ydep};
+ my @targets = ();
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('targets');
+ if (ref ($target) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @targets = @{$target};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push (@targets, $target);
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @targets; $i++)
+ {
+ scale ($targets [$i], $x / $self -> {__x}, $y / $self -> {__y}, $cx, $cy);
+ }
+ $self -> {__x} = $x;
+ $self -> {__y} = $y;
+ $self -> notify ('SCALED', $x, $y, $cx, $cy);
+}
+
+sub isRunning {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ return defined $self -> {__animation};
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Anim/MTranslator.pm b/src/MTools/Anim/MTranslator.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ac0544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Anim/MTranslator.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+package MTools::Anim::MTranslator;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# MTranslator permet de realiser une animation de translation sur l'objet
+#
+# proprietes :
+# * -visible : permet d'activer ou non l'animation
+# * from_x, from_y : valeur initiale de la transformation
+# * to_x, to_y : valeur finale de la transformation
+# * duration : duree de l'animation
+# * loop : marque le caractere repetitif ou non de l'animation
+# * targets : objets cible de cette animation
+# Evenements :
+# * ANIMATION_END : Notifie lorque l'annimation se termine
+# * MOTION : Notifie lorsque la valeur de l'opacite est changee au cours de l'animation
+# * ANIMATION_ABORD : Notifie lorsque l'animation est stoppee avant la fin
+# Fonctions :
+# * start : demarre l'animation
+# * stop: arrete l'animation
+# * isRunning : test si l'animation est en cours
+
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use Anim;
+use Anim::Pacing::Linear;
+use Anim::Path::Rectilinear;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('from_x', $options {from_x} ? $options {from_x} : 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('from_y', $options {from_y} ? $options {from_y} : 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('to_x', $options {to_x} ? $options {to_x} : 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('to_y', $options {to_y} ? $options {to_y} : 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('duration', $options {duration} ? $options {duration} : 1);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('loop', $options {loop} ? $options {loop} : 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('targets', $options {targets});
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_END');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('MOTION');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ANIMATION_ABORDED');
+
+ $self -> plisten ('-visible', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ if ($val == 0)
+ {
+ $self -> stop ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> start ();
+ }
+ });
+ $self -> {__animation} = undef;
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub stop {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__animation})
+ {
+ $self -> {__animation} -> stop ();
+ }
+}
+
+sub start {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $pacing = new Anim::Pacing::Linear (-duration => $self -> mget ('duration'));
+ $self -> {__xdep} = my $xdep = $self -> mget ('from_x');
+ $self -> {__ydep} = my $ydep = $self -> mget ('from_y');
+
+ my $animationpath = new Anim::Path::Rectilinear (
+ -xdep => 0,
+ -ydep => 0,
+ -xdest => $self -> mget ('to_x') - $xdep,
+ -ydest => $self -> mget ('to_y') - $ydep,
+ );
+ $self -> {__x} = $xdep;
+ $self -> {__y} = $ydep;
+ $self -> {__animation} = my $animation = new Anim (
+ -pacing => $pacing,
+ -resources => [
+ $animationpath,
+ -command => sub { $self -> event (@_)},
+ -endcommand => sub {
+ $self -> {__animation} = undef;
+ $self -> notify ('ANIMATION_END');
+ },
+ ],
+ -stopcommand => sub {
+ $self -> {__animation} = undef;
+ $self -> notify ('ANIMATION_ABORDED', $self -> {__x}, $self -> {__y});
+ },
+ -loop => $self -> mget ('loop'),
+ );
+ $animation -> start ();
+}
+
+sub isRunning {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ return defined $self -> {__animation};
+}
+
+
+sub event {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ $x += $self -> {__xdep};
+ $y += $self -> {__ydep};
+ my @targets = ();
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('targets');
+ if (ref ($target) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @targets = @{$target};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push (@targets, $target);
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @targets; $i++)
+ {
+ if (ref ($targets [$i]) eq 'MTools::Comp::MMover')
+ {
+ $target -> setPos ($x, $y);
+ $target -> notify ('MOVED', $x, $y, "mvd");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $targets [$i] -> translate ($x - $self -> {__x}, $y - $self -> {__y});
+ }
+ }
+ $self -> {__x} = $x;
+ $self -> {__y} = $y;
+ $self -> notify ('MOTION', $x, $y);
+}
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MAntiRecouvrement.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MAntiRecouvrement.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e10edd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MAntiRecouvrement.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MAntiRecouvrement;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Encapsule l'algorithme d'anti-recouvrement des objets et gere les objets anti-recouvres
+# IMPORTANT : Les objets anti-recouvre doivent heriter de MTools::GUI::MAntiRecouvrementGroup
+#
+# BUG : La propriete '-visible' devrait permettre d'activer ou non l'anti-recouvrement global des objets.
+# Ce n'est pas le cas aujourd'hui, cette popriete est inactive
+#
+# Fonctions :
+# * addObject : permet d'inclure un objet heritant de MTools::GUI::MAntiRecouvrementGroup dans l'algorithme d'anti-recouvrement
+# * removeObjet : permet de sortir un objet de l'algorithme d'anti-recouvrement
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 1);
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ITEM_MOVED');
+ $self -> {__objects} = ();
+ $self -> {__known_objects} = ();
+ $self -> {__ask_move} = ();
+ $self -> {__ask_reaction} = ();
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub addObject {
+ my ($self, $ob) = @_;
+ my $ever_known = 0;
+ if (defined $self -> {__known_objects})
+ {
+ my @known = @{$self -> {__known_objects}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @known; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ($known [$i] eq $ob)
+ {
+ $ever_known = 1;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!$ever_known)
+ {
+ binding ($ob, '__HANDLE_MOVING', [$self, \&__on_handle_moving_on_track]);
+ binding ($ob, '__PUSH_BACK', [$self, \&__on_push_back_on_track]);
+ binding ($ob, '__ENQUEUE_MOVING', [$self, \&__on_enqueue_moving_on_track]);
+ push (@{$self -> {__known_objects}}, $ob);
+ }
+ if (!defined $ob -> {__added} || $ob -> {__added} == 0)
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {__objects}}, $ob);
+ }
+ $ob -> update_bbox ();
+ $ob -> {__added} = 1;
+ $ob -> translate (0, 0);
+}
+
+sub removeObject {
+ my ($self, $target) = @_;
+ for (my $i = @{$self -> {__objects}} - 1; $i >= 0; $i --)
+ {
+ if (@{$self -> {__objects}} [$i] eq $target)
+ {
+ @{$self -> {__objects}} [$i] -> {__added} = 0;
+ splice (@{$self -> {__objects}}, $i, 1);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub __on_handle_moving_on_track {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my ($first_work, $first_track, $current_track, $intersection);
+ while (scalar @{$self -> {__ask_move}} > 0)
+ {
+ $first_work = $self -> {__ask_move} -> [0];
+ $first_track = $first_work -> [0];
+ my ($firstx, $firsty) = ($first_track -> mget ('x'), $first_track -> mget ('y'));
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @{$self -> {__objects}}; $i++)
+ {
+ $current_track = @{$self -> {__objects}} [$i];
+ next if ($current_track eq $first_track);
+ my ($x, $y) = ($current_track -> mget ('x'), $current_track -> mget ('y'));
+ $intersection = __intersection (
+ $firstx, $firsty,
+ $first_track -> mget ('width'), $first_track -> mget ('height'),
+ $x, $y,
+ $current_track -> mget ('width'), $current_track-> mget ('height')
+ );
+ next if (($intersection -> [2] == 0) and ($intersection -> [3] == 0));
+ if ($intersection -> [2] < $intersection -> [3])
+ {
+ if ($firstx < $x)
+ {
+ $current_track -> __try_move ($intersection -> [2], 0, $first_work -> [3]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $current_track -> __try_move(-$intersection -> [2], 0, $first_work -> [3]);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($firsty < $y)
+ {
+ $current_track -> __try_move (0, $intersection -> [3], $first_work -> [3]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $current_track -> __try_move (0, -$intersection -> [3], $first_work -> [3]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ shift @{$self -> {__ask_move}};
+ }
+ $self -> notify ('ITEM_MOVED');
+}
+
+sub __on_push_back_on_track {
+ my ($self, $track, $delta_x, $delta_y, $path) = @_;
+ push @{$path}, $track;
+ my @other_path = @{$path};
+ $self -> __on_enqueue_moving_on_track ($track, $delta_x, $delta_y, [@other_path]);
+ $track -> __update_xy ($delta_x, $delta_y);
+ my ($current_track, $push_x, $push_y, $intersection);
+ my ($firstx, $firsty) = ($track -> mget ('x'), $track -> mget ('y'));
+
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @{$self -> {__objects}}; $i++)
+ {
+ $current_track = @{$self -> {__objects}} [$i];
+ next if $current_track eq $track;
+ my ($x, $y) = ($current_track -> mget ('x'), $current_track -> mget ('y'));
+ $intersection = __intersection (
+ $firstx, $firsty,
+ $track -> mget ('width'), $track -> mget ('height'),
+ $x, $y,
+ $current_track -> mget ('width'), $current_track -> mget ('height')
+ );
+ $push_x = 0;
+ $push_y = 0;
+ $push_x = $intersection -> [2] if ($intersection -> [2] <= $delta_x);
+ $push_x = -$intersection -> [2] if ($intersection -> [2] <= -$delta_x);
+ $push_y = $intersection -> [3] if ($intersection -> [3] <= $delta_y);
+ $push_y = -$intersection -> [3] if ($intersection -> [3] <= -$delta_y);
+ $self -> __on_push_back_on_track ($current_track, $push_x, $push_y, $path)
+ if ((($push_x != 0) or ($push_y != 0)) and (__occurences ($current_track, @{$path}) < 3));
+ }
+ pop @{$path};
+}
+
+sub __intersection {
+ my ($x1, $y1, $w1, $h1, $x2, $y2, $w2, $h2) = @_;
+ my ($x, $y, $w, $h);
+ $x = &__max_of ($x1, $x2);
+ $w = &__min_of ($x1 + $w1, $x2 + $w2) - $x;
+ if ($w > 0)
+ {
+ $y = &__max_of ($y1, $y2);
+ $h = &__min_of ($y1 + $h1, $y2 + $h2) - $y;
+ if ($h > 0)
+ {
+ return [$x, $y, $w, $h];
+ }
+ }
+ return [0, 0, 0, 0];
+}
+
+sub __min_of {
+ my (@values) = @_;
+ my $res = $values [0];
+ foreach (@values)
+ {
+ $res = $_ if ($_ <= $res);
+ }
+ return $res;
+}
+
+sub __max_of {
+ my (@values) = @_;
+ my $res = $values [0];
+ foreach (@values)
+ {
+ $res = $_ if ($_ >= $res);
+ }
+ return $res;
+}
+
+sub __occurences {
+ my ($val,@tab) = @_;
+ my $result = 0;
+ if (($#tab != -1) and (defined $val))
+ {
+ foreach (@tab)
+ {
+ if (($_ eq $val) or ($_ =~ m/$val/))
+ {
+ $result++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+sub __on_enqueue_moving_on_track {
+ my ($self, $track, $delta_x, $delta_y, $path) = @_;
+ push @{$self -> {__ask_move}}, [$track, $delta_x, $delta_y, $path];
+}
+
+
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MFlicker.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MFlicker.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd622c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MFlicker.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MFlicker;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant permet d'ajouter un comportement de clignotement ? un objet cible
+#
+# Parametres :
+#
+# * target : objet cible du tremblement
+# * periode : periode du clignottement
+# Propriete :
+# * flick : demarre le clignottement
+# * show : rend l'objet cible toujours visible
+# * hide : rend l'objet cible toujours masque
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use MTools::MTimer;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MSwitch/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $target, $periode) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ $self -> {__target} = $target;
+ $self -> {__target} -> mconfigure (-visible => 0);
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('periode', $periode);
+
+ $self -> {__timer} = new MTools::MTimer ($periode, 1, sub {
+ $self -> {__target} -> mconfigure (-visible => !$self -> {__target} -> mget (-visible));
+ });
+
+ plink ([$self, 'periode'], [$self -> {__timer}, 'timeout']);
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub flick {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ $self -> {__timer} -> start ();
+}
+
+sub show {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ $self -> {__timer} -> stop ();
+ $self -> {__target} -> mconfigure (-visible => 1);
+}
+
+sub hide {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ $self -> {__timer} -> stop ();
+ $self -> mconfigure ('state' => 'unvisible');
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MFocuser.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MFocuser.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb821ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MFocuser.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MFocuser;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# L'objet MFocuser permet de gerer le focus entre plusieurs objets
+#
+# Parametres :
+# * @targets : objets entre lesquels est gere le focus
+# Fonctions :
+# * add : permet de prendre en compte un nouvel objet
+# * setFocused : force le focus sur un objet
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, @targets) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('GET_FOCUS');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('SET_FOCUS');
+
+ $self -> {__targets} = \@targets;
+ for (my $i; $i < @targets; $i++)
+ {
+ $targets [$i] -> binding ('GET_FOCUS', ['setFocused', $self]);
+ }
+
+ $self -> binding ('SET_FOCUS', ['setFocused', $self]);
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub add {
+ my ($self, $tg) = @_;
+ push (@{$self -> {__targets}}, $tg);
+ $tg -> binding ('GET_FOCUS', ['setFocused', $self]);
+}
+
+sub setFocused {
+ my ($self, $tg) = @_;
+ if (!defined $self -> {__targets}) {return;}
+ my @tgs = @{$self -> {__targets}};
+ my $from_children = 0;
+ for (my $i; $i < @tgs; $i++)
+ {
+ if ($tgs [$i] ne $tg)
+ {
+ $tgs [$i] -> notify ('SET_FOCUS');
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $from_children = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if ($from_children)
+ {
+ $self -> notify ('GET_FOCUS', $self);
+ }
+}
+
+1;
+
+
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MInertie.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MInertie.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b820a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MInertie.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MInertie;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use Time::HiRes;
+
+use MTools::MTimer;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $target, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ my $msg_pressed = defined $options {msg_pressed} ? $options {msg_pressed} : 'PRESSED';
+ my $msg_moved = defined $options {msg_moved} ? $options {msg_moved} : 'MOVED';
+ my $msg_released = defined $options {msg_released} ? $options {msg_released} : 'RELEASED';
+ my $msg_stopped = defined $options {msg_stopped} ? $options {msg_stopped} : 'INERTIE_STOPPED';
+
+ delete $options {msg_pressed};
+ delete $options {msg_moved};
+ delete $options {msg_released};
+ delete $options {msg_stopped};
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('target', $target);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 1);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('rate', 0.85);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('inertie_callback', 'translate');
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ($msg_stopped);
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+
+ $self -> {__old_t} = 0;
+ $self -> {__old_x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__old_y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__t} = 0;
+ $self -> {__vx} = 0;
+ $self -> {__vy} = 0;
+
+ $self -> {__msg_stopped} = $msg_stopped;
+
+ $target -> binding ($msg_pressed, [$self, 'target_pressed']);
+ $target -> binding ($msg_moved, [$self, 'target_moved']);
+ $target -> binding ($msg_released, [$self, 'target_released']);
+
+ $self -> {timer_inertie} = new MTools::MTimer (1000/60, 1, [$self, 'inertie']);
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub interrupt {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ $self -> {timer_inertie} -> stop ();
+}
+
+sub target_pressed {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ $self -> interrupt ();
+ $self -> {__old_x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__old_y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__old_t} = 0;
+ $self -> {__x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__t} = 0;
+}
+
+sub target_moved {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ if (!defined $t)
+ {
+ $t = Time::HiRes::gettimeofday();
+ }
+ $self -> {__old_x} = $self -> {__x};
+ $self -> {__old_y} = $self -> {__y};
+ $self -> {__old_t} = $self -> {__t};
+ $self -> {__x} = $x;
+ $self -> {__y} = $y;
+ $self -> {__t} = $t;
+}
+
+sub target_released {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ if (!defined $t)
+ {
+ $t = Time::HiRes::gettimeofday();
+ }
+ my $dt = $self -> {__t} - $self -> {__old_t};
+ my $dx = $self -> {__x} - $self -> {__old_x};
+ my $dy = $self -> {__y} - $self -> {__old_y};
+ if ($dt && $self -> mget ('-visible'))
+ {
+ $self -> {__vx} = ($dx * 1000) / ($dt * 60);
+ $self -> {__vy} = ($dy * 1000) / ($dt * 60);
+ $self -> {timer_inertie} -> start();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> notify ($self -> {__msg_stopped});
+ }
+ $self -> {__old_x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__old_y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__old_t} = 0;
+ $self -> {__x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__t} = 0;
+}
+
+sub inertie {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $rate = $self -> mget ('rate');
+ $self -> {__vx} *= $rate;
+ $self -> {__vy} *= $rate;
+ if ((abs $self -> {__vx} <= 2) and (abs $self -> {__vy} <= 2))
+ {
+ $self -> notify ($self -> {__msg_stopped});
+ $self -> {timer_inertie} -> stop();
+ return;
+ }
+ my $dx = $self -> {__vx};
+ my $dy = $self -> {__vy};
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('target');
+ my $callback = $self -> mget ('inertie_callback');
+ $target -> $callback ($dx, $dy);
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MMover.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MMover.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8282943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MMover.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MMover;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant MMover permet de donner un comportement prehensible a un objet zinc. Les deplacements peuvent etre contraints a un espace defin
+#
+# Parametres :
+# * src : objet source des evenements de deplacement
+# * targets : objets deplaces
+# * button : bouton de la souris utilise pour genere le deplacement
+# Proprietes :
+# * x_min, y_min, x_max, y_max : contraintes de l'espace dans lequel peut se deplacer le strip
+# * allower : fonction permettre d'appliquer une contrainte plus complexe sur l'objet
+# * x, y : position de l'objet modifiee par le MMover
+# * targets : objets deplaces
+# * -visible : active ou desactive le comportement prehensible
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $src, $targets, $button, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('x_min', -10000);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('y_min', -10000);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('x_max', 10000);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('y_max', 10000);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 1);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('x', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('y', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('targets', $targets);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('allower', undef);
+
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('PRESSED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('MOVED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('RELEASED');
+
+ $button = 1 if ! defined $button;
+ binding ($src, "<Button-$button>", [\&__pressed, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($src, "<Button$button-Motion>", [\&__moved, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($src, "<ButtonRelease-$button>", [\&__released, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+
+ $self -> {__last_mouse_x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__last_mouse_y} = 0;
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub setPos {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ my $dx = $x - $self -> mget ('x');
+ my $dy = $y - $self -> mget ('y');
+ my $tgs = $self -> mget ('targets');
+ my @targets;
+ if (ref ($tgs) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @targets = @{$tgs};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @targets; $i++)
+ {
+ $targets [$i] -> translate ($dx, $dy);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $tgs -> translate ($dx, $dy);
+ }
+ $self -> mconfigure ('x', $x);
+ $self -> mconfigure ('y', $y);
+}
+
+sub __pressed {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ if(!$self -> mget('-visible')) {return;}
+ $self -> {__started} = 1;
+ $self -> {__last_mouse_x} = $x;
+ $self -> {__last_mouse_y} = $y;
+ $self -> notify ('PRESSED', $self -> {__last_mouse_x}, $self -> {__last_mouse_y}, $t);
+}
+
+sub __moved {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ if (!$self -> {__started}) {return;}
+ if(!$self -> mget('-visible')) {return;}
+
+ my $dx = $x - $self -> {__last_mouse_x};
+ my $dy = $y - $self -> {__last_mouse_y};
+
+ my $x_min = $self -> mget('x_min');
+ my $y_min = $self -> mget('y_min');
+ my $x_max = $self -> mget('x_max');
+ my $y_max = $self -> mget('y_max');
+ my $current_x = $self -> mget ('x');
+ my $current_y = $self -> mget ('y');
+ if($current_x + $dx > $x_max)
+ {
+ $x -= $current_x + $dx - $x_max;
+ $dx -= $current_x + $dx - $x_max;
+ }
+ if($current_y + $dy > $y_max)
+ {
+ $y -= $current_y + $dy - $y_max;
+ $dy -= $current_y + $dy - $y_max;
+ }
+ if($current_x + $dx < $x_min)
+ {
+
+ $x -= $current_x + $dx - $x_min;
+ $dx -= $current_x + $dx - $x_min;
+ }
+ if($current_y + $dy < $y_min)
+ {
+ $y -= $current_y + $dy - $y_min;
+ $dy -= $current_y + $dy - $y_min;
+ }
+ if( $dx == 0 && $dy == 0 )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ my $allower = $self -> mget ('allower');
+ if ($allower)
+ {
+ my ($ddx, $ddy) = executer ($allower, $current_x, $current_y, $dx, $dy);
+ $x -= $ddx;
+ $dx -= $ddx;
+ $y -= $ddy;
+ $dy -= $ddy;
+ if( $dx == 0 && $dy == 0 )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ $self -> {__last_mouse_x} = $x;
+ $self -> {__last_mouse_y} = $y;
+ $current_x += $dx;
+ $current_y += $dy;
+ $self -> notify ('MOVED', $current_x, $current_y, $t);
+ $self -> setPos ($current_x, $current_y);
+}
+
+sub __released {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ $self -> {__started} = 0;
+ if(!$self -> mget('-visible')) {return;}
+ $self -> notify ('RELEASED', $self -> {__last_mouse_x}, $self -> {__last_mouse_y}, $t);
+}
+
+sub translate {
+ my ($self, $dx, $dy, $t) = @_;
+ my $x_min = $self -> mget('x_min');
+ my $y_min = $self -> mget('y_min');
+ my $x_max = $self -> mget('x_max');
+ my $y_max = $self -> mget('y_max');
+ my $current_x = $self -> mget ('x');
+ my $current_y = $self -> mget ('y');
+ if($current_x + $dx > $x_max)
+ {
+ $dx -= $current_x + $dx - $x_max;
+ }
+ if($current_y + $dy > $y_max)
+ {
+ $dy -= $current_y + $dy - $y_max;
+ }
+ if($current_x + $dx < $x_min)
+ {
+
+ $dx -= $current_x + $dx - $x_min;
+ }
+ if($current_y + $dy < $y_min)
+ {
+ $dy -= $current_y + $dy - $y_min;
+ }
+ if( $dx == 0 && $dy == 0 )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ my $allower = $self -> mget ('allower');
+ if ($allower)
+ {
+ my ($ddx, $ddy) = executer ($allower, $current_x, $current_y, $dx, $dy);
+ $dx -= $ddx;
+ $dy -= $ddy;
+ if( $dx == 0 && $dy == 0 )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ $current_x += $dx;
+ $current_y += $dy;
+ $self -> setPos ($current_x, $current_y);
+ $self -> notify ('MOVED', $current_x, $current_y, $t);
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MMultiSelection.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MMultiSelection.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f124720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MMultiSelection.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MMultiSelection;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+
+# Le composant MMultiSelection associe deux comportements :
+# 1. Selection multiple d'objets repartis eventuellement dans plusieurs plans.
+# La selection des objets est geree en les entourant et des-entourant.
+# Si un objet est selectionne dans le plan 1, les objets situes dans les plans 2, 3, etc. sont negliges.
+# De meme, si un objet est selectionne dans le plan, les objets situes dans les plans 3, 4, etc. sont negliges.
+# 2. Deux interactions peuvent-etre initiees depuis la zone de selection. Si l'interaction est demarree
+# au-dessus d'un objet, on deplace les objets selectionnes. Si on demarre un interaction au-dessus du fond,
+# on demarre une operation de designation de cibles.
+#
+# Les cibles et les objets selectionnables doivent declarer des proprietes particulieres. Il n'y a ce jour de
+# composant definissant ces interfaces, c'est un tord... Qui est volontaire :)
+#
+# Les source doivent definir les prorpiete
+# barycentre_x
+# barycentre_y
+# La position d'un objet est definie par
+# la valeur de barycentre_x plus optionnelement la valeur de la propriete x si celle-ci est definie
+# la valeur de barycentre_y plus optionnelement la valeur de la propriete y si celle-ci est definie
+# Les cibles doivent emettre les evenements
+# DRAGENTER
+# DRAGLEAVE
+# RELEASEDOVER
+#
+# NOTA : le deuxieme comportement devrait etre dissocie de l'objet multi-selection...
+# Cela reste a faire egalement
+#
+# Parametres :
+# * src : Objet sur lequel est effectue l'interaction de selection
+# * dessin : Group parent du dessin de la selection
+# * reference a la frame principale
+# Proprietes :
+# * delay : duree pendant laquelle le dessin de la selection s'estompe et pendant laquelle le demarrage de la
+# seconde interaction est possible
+# * inertie : coefficient d'inertie dqns le deplacement de la fleche
+# Evenements :
+# * PRESSED : Notifie lorsque l'on demarre la selection
+# * MOVED : Notifie lorsque la selection evolue
+# * RELEASED : Notifie lorsque la selection est terminee
+# * FLECHEPRESSED : Notifie lorsque une seconde interaction est demarree depuis la zone de selection
+# * FLECHEMOVED : Notifie lorsque la seconde interaction evolue
+# * FLECHERELEASED : Notifie lorsque la seconde interaction se termine
+# * SELECTION_CHANGED : Notifie lorsque le statut d'un objet a change
+# Fonctions :
+# * addObject : $multi -> addObject ($objet, $plan)
+# Ajoute l'objet $objet dans le plan de selection $plan
+# * removeObject : $multi -> removeObject ($objet, $plan)
+# Supprime l'objet $objet du plan de selection $plan
+# * addDropTarget : $multi -> addDropTarget ($target)
+# Ajoute la cible $target
+# * removeDropTarget : $multi -> removeDropTarget ($target)
+# Supprime la cible $target
+# * applySelection : $multi -> applySelection ($plan, $fonction, @parametres)
+# Applique la fonction $fonction (@parametres) ? tous les objets selectionnes dans le plan $plan
+# * applyAll : $multi -> applyAll ($plan, $fonction, @parametres)
+# Applique la fonction $fonction (@parametres) ? tous les objets du plan $plan
+# * getSelectedPlan : $multi -> getSelectedPlan ()
+# Retourne l'index du plan selectionne
+# * getSelection : $multi -> getSelection ($plan)
+# Retourne la liste des objets selectionnes dans le plan $plan si $plan est d?fini
+# sinon retourne $multi -> getSelection ($multi -> getSelectedPlan ())
+#
+
+
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use Math::Trig;
+use MTools::Anim::MOpacity;
+use MTools::Comp::MInertie;
+use MTools::MGroup;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $src, $dessin, $frame, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('delay', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('inertie', 0.6);
+ $self -> recordEvent ('PRESSED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('MOVED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('RELEASED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('FLECHEPRESSED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('FLECHEMOVED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('FLECHERELEASED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('SELECTION_CHANGED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('DESELECT_ALL');
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+
+ binding ($src, '<Button-1>', [\&__pressed, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($src, '<Button1-Motion>', [\&__moved, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($src, '<ButtonRelease-1>', [\&__released, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+
+ $self -> {__inertie} = my $inertie = new MTools::Comp::MInertie(
+ $self,
+ 'rate' => $self -> mget ('inertie'),
+ );
+ binding ($inertie, 'INERTIE_STOPPED', [$self, \&__fin_moved]);
+
+ my $inertie = new MTools::Comp::MInertie(
+ $self,
+ 'rate' => 0.75,
+ 'msg_pressed' => 'FLECHEPRESSED',
+ 'msg_moved' => 'FLECHEMOVED',
+ 'msg_released' => 'FLECHERELEASED',
+ 'msg_stopped' => 'FLECHEINERTIE_STOPPED',
+ 'inertie_callback' => '__translate_fleche',
+ );
+ binding ($inertie, 'FLECHEINERTIE_STOPPED', [$self, \&__fin_fleche_moved]);
+
+ $self -> {__frame} = $frame;
+ $self -> {__drop_targets} = ();
+ $self -> {__objects} = ();
+ $self -> {__points} = ();
+ $self -> {__owns_data} = ();
+ $self -> {__source} = minstance ($src);
+
+ $self -> {__gp_anime} = my $group = new MTools::MGroup ($dessin);
+
+ push (@{$self -> {__owns_data}}, minstance ($src));
+ push (@{$self -> {__owns_data}}, minstance ($group));
+
+ $self -> {__anim__disparition} = new MTools::Anim::MOpacity (
+ duration => 0.8,
+ targets => $group,
+ from_opacity => 100,
+ to_opacity => 0,
+ );
+
+ binding ($self -> {__anim__disparition}, 'ANIMATION_END', [$self, \&__clear]);
+
+ $self -> {__curve_bck} = $zinc -> add ('curve', minstance($group), [[0,0],[0,0]],
+ -linecolor => "#888888;50",
+ -linewidth => 2,
+ -smoothrelief => 1,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 1,
+ -filled => 0,
+ );
+ $self -> {__curve} = $zinc -> add ('curve', minstance($group), [[0,0],[0,0]],
+ -linecolor => "#FFFFFF;90",
+ -linewidth => 1,
+ -smoothrelief => 1,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 1,
+ -fillcolor => "#FFFFFF;10",
+ -filled => 1,
+ );
+ push (@{$self -> {__owns_data}}, minstance ($self -> {__curve}));
+
+ $self -> {__fleche} = $zinc -> add ('curve', minstance($dessin), [[0,0],[0,0]],
+ -linecolor => "black",
+ -linewidth => 2,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 0,
+ );
+ push (@{$self -> {__owns_data}}, minstance ($self -> {__fleche}));
+
+ $self -> {__ph_fleche} = $zinc -> add ('curve', minstance($dessin), [[0,0],[0,0]],
+ -linecolor => "black",
+ -linewidth => 2,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 0,
+ );
+ push (@{$self -> {__owns_data}}, minstance ($self -> {__ph_fleche}));
+
+ $self -> {__pb_fleche} = $zinc -> add ('curve', minstance($dessin), [[0,0],[0,0]],
+ -linecolor => "black",
+ -linewidth => 2,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 0,
+ );
+ push (@{$self -> {__owns_data}}, minstance ($self -> {__pb_fleche}));
+
+ binding ($self -> {__curve}, '<Button-1>', [\&__fleche_pressed, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($self -> {__curve}, '<Button1-Motion>', [\&__fleche_moved, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($self -> {__curve}, '<ButtonRelease-1>', [\&__fleche_released, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ $self -> {__fleche_points} = ();
+ $self -> {__fleche_started} = 0;
+ $self -> {__drag_started} = 0;
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub __hide_cursor {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $frame = $self -> {__frame};
+ $frame -> {window} -> Tk::configure (
+ -cursor => [ '@'.Tk::findINC('emptycursor.xbm'),
+ Tk::findINC('emptycursor.mask'),
+ 'black', 'black'
+ ]
+ );
+}
+
+sub __show_cursor {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $frame = $self -> {__frame};
+ $frame -> {window} -> Tk::configure (
+ -cursor => "",
+ );
+}
+
+sub addObject {
+ my ($self, $object, $plan) = @_;
+ if (!defined $plan) {$plan = 0;}
+ if (!$object -> propertyExists ('barycentre_x'))
+ {
+ print "MMultiSelection Error property barycentre_x isn't defined in $object\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ if (!$object -> propertyExists ('barycentre_y'))
+ {
+ print "MMultiSelection Error property barycentre_y isn't defined in $object\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ $object -> {__surround_angle} = 0;
+ push (@{$self -> {__objects} [$plan]}, $object);
+}
+
+sub removeObject {
+ my ($self, $target, $plan) = @_;
+ if (!defined $plan) {$plan = 0;}
+ for (my $i = @{$self -> {__objects} [$plan]} - 1; $i >= 0; $i --)
+ {
+ if (@{$self -> {__objects} [$plan]} [$i] eq $target)
+ {
+ splice (@{$self -> {__objects} [$plan]}, $i, 1);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub addDropTarget {
+ my ($self, $target) = @_;
+ push (@{$self -> {__drop_targets}}, $target);
+}
+
+sub removeDropTarget {
+ my ($self, $target) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__last_notified} == $target)
+ {
+ $self -> {__last_notified} = undef;
+ }
+ for (my $i = @{$self -> {__drop_targets}} - 1; $i >= 0; $i--)
+ {
+ if (@{$self -> {__drop_targets}} [$i] eq $target)
+ {
+ splice (@{$self -> {__drop_targets}}, $i, 1);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub __clear {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ $self -> {__anim__disparition} -> stop ();
+ $self -> {__inertie} -> interrupt ();
+ $self -> {__fleche_started} = 0;
+ $self -> {__drag_started} = 0;
+ $self -> {__points} = ();
+ $self -> {__fleche_points} = ();
+ $self -> __reset_surrounding ();
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__ph_fleche}, 0, [[0,0],[0,0]]);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__pb_fleche}, 0, [[0,0],[0,0]]);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__fleche}, 0, [[0,0],[0,0]]);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__curve}, 0, [[0,0],[0,0]]);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__curve_bck}, 0, [[0,0],[0,0]]);
+ $self -> {__gp_anime} -> mconfigure (
+ -alpha => 100,
+ );
+}
+
+sub __pressed {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ $self -> __clear ();
+ push (@{$self -> {__points}}, [$x, $y]);
+ $self -> notify ('PRESSED', $x, $y, $t);
+ $self -> notify ('DESELECT_ALL');
+}
+
+sub __released {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ my $pt = $self -> {__points}[@{$self -> {__points}} - 2];
+ $self -> notify ('RELEASED', $x - $pt -> [0], $y - $pt -> [1], $t);
+}
+
+sub __fin_moved {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (!$self -> {__fleche_started} && !$self -> {__drag_started})
+ {
+ $self -> {__anim__disparition} -> start ();
+ }
+}
+
+sub __moved {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ push (@{$self -> {__points}}, [$x, $y]);
+ my @pts = @{$self -> {__points}};
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__curve}, 0, \@pts);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__curve_bck}, 0, \@pts);
+ my $pt = $self -> {__points}[@{$self -> {__points}} - 2];
+ $self -> notify ('MOVED', $x - $pt -> [0], $y - $pt -> [1], $t);
+ $self -> __update_all ();
+}
+
+sub translate {
+ my ($self, $dx, $dy) = @_;
+ my $pt = $self -> {__points}[@{$self -> {__points}} - 1];
+ push (@{$self -> {__points}}, [$pt -> [0] - $dx, $pt -> [1] - $dy]);
+ my @pts = @{$self -> {__points}};
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__curve}, 0, \@pts);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__curve_bck}, 0, \@pts);
+ $self -> __update_all ();
+}
+
+sub __fleche_pressed {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ my @all = $zinc -> find ('overlapping', $x, $y, $x + 1, $y +1);
+ if ($all [1] == $self -> {__source})
+ {
+ $self -> {__fleche_points} = ();
+ push (@{$self -> {__fleche_points}}, [$x, $y]);
+ $self -> {__fleche_started} = 1;
+ $self -> __hide_cursor ();
+ $self -> notify ('FLECHEPRESSED', $x, $y, $t);
+ $self -> __stop_animation ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {__drag_started} = 1;
+ $self -> {__lx} = $x;
+ $self -> {__ly} = $y;
+ $self -> notify ('FLECHEPRESSED', $x, $y, $t);
+ }
+}
+
+sub __stop_animation {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ $self -> {__anim__disparition} -> stop ();
+ $self -> {__gp_anime} -> mconfigure (
+ -alpha => 100,
+ );
+}
+
+sub __fleche_released {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__fleche_started})
+ {
+ my $pt = $self -> {__fleche_points}[@{$self -> {__fleche_points}} - 1];
+ $self -> notify ('FLECHERELEASED', $x - $pt -> [0], $y - $pt -> [1], $t);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> notify ('FLECHERELEASED', $x - $self -> {__lx}, $y - $self -> {__ly}, $t);
+ $self -> {__lx} = $x;
+ $self -> {__ly} = $y;
+ }
+
+}
+
+sub __fin_fleche_moved {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__fleche_started})
+ {
+ $self -> __clear ();
+ if (defined $self -> {__last_notified})
+ {
+ $self -> {__last_notified} -> notify ('RELEASEDOVER', $self);
+ $self -> {__last_notified} = undef;
+ }
+ elsif (defined $self -> {__secondary_last_notified})
+ {
+ $self -> {__secondary_last_notified} -> notify ('RELEASEDOVER', $self);
+ $self -> {__secondary_last_notified} = undef;
+ }
+ $self -> __show_cursor ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+sub __fleche_moved {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, $t) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__fleche_started})
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {__fleche_points}}, [$x, $y]);
+ my @pts = @{$self -> {__fleche_points}};
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__fleche}, 0, \@pts);
+ my $pt = $self -> {__fleche_points}[@{$self -> {__fleche_points}} - 2];
+ $self -> notify ('FLECHEMOVED', $x - $pt -> [0], $y - $pt -> [1], $t);
+ $self -> __update_fleche_moved ($x, $y);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> notify ('FLECHEMOVED', $x - $self -> {__lx}, $y - $self -> {__ly}, $t);
+ $self -> __translate_selection ($x - $self -> {__lx}, $y - $self -> {__ly});
+ $self -> {__lx} = $x;
+ $self -> {__ly} = $y;
+ }
+}
+
+sub __translate_fleche {
+ my ($self, $dx, $dy) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__fleche_started})
+ {
+ my $pt = $self -> {__fleche_points}[@{$self -> {__fleche_points}} - 1];
+ push (@{$self -> {__fleche_points}}, [$pt -> [0] - $dx, $pt -> [1] - $dy]);
+ my @pts = @{$self -> {__fleche_points}};
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__fleche}, 0, \@pts);
+ $self -> __update_fleche_moved ($pt -> [0] - $dx, $pt -> [1] - $dy);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> __translate_selection (-$dx, -$dy);
+ }
+}
+
+sub __translate_selection {
+ my ($self, $dx, $dy) = @_;
+ my @oldy = $self -> applySelection (0, 'mget', 'y');
+ my @oldx = $self -> applySelection (0, 'mget', 'x');
+ my @selection = $self -> getSelection ();
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @selection; $i ++)
+ {
+ my $x = $selection [$i] -> mget ('x');
+ my $pdx = $dx - ($x - $oldx [$i]);
+ my $y = $selection [$i] -> mget ('y');
+ my $pdy = $dy - ($y - $oldy [$i]);
+ $selection [$i] -> translate ($pdx, $pdy);
+ }
+}
+
+sub __update_fleche_moved {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ my $pt;
+ if (@{$self -> {__fleche_points}} > 2)
+ {
+ $pt = $self -> {__fleche_points}[@{$self -> {__fleche_points}} - 3];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $pt = $self -> {__fleche_points}[@{$self -> {__fleche_points}} - 2];
+ }
+ my $xa = $x - $pt -> [0];
+ my $ya = $y - $pt -> [1];
+ if ($xa + $ya == 0) {return;}
+
+ my $norme = sqrt ($xa * $xa + $ya * $ya);
+ $xa = $xa * 8 / $norme;
+ $ya = $ya * 8 / $norme;
+
+ if ( $xa != 0)
+ {
+ my $yb = sqrt ((10 * 10 - $xa * $xa - $ya * $ya) / (1 + $ya * $ya / ($xa * $xa)));
+ my $xb = -$yb * $ya / $xa;
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__ph_fleche}, 0, [[$x, $y], [$x + $xb - $xa, $y + $yb - $ya]]);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__pb_fleche}, 0, [[$x, $y], [$x - $xb - $xa, $y - $yb - $ya]]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $xb = sqrt (10 * 10 - $ya * $ya);
+ my $yb = 0;
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__ph_fleche}, 0, [[$x, $y], [$x + $xb - $xa, $y + $yb - $ya]]);
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__pb_fleche}, 0, [[$x, $y], [$x - $xb - $xa, $y - $yb - $ya]]);
+ }
+ my @all = $zinc -> find ('overlapping', $x, $y, $x + 1, $y +1);
+
+ if (defined $self -> {__drop_targets})
+ {
+ my @selected;
+ my @owns = @{$self -> {__owns_data}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @all; $i++)
+ {
+ my $find = 0;
+ for (my $j = 0; $j < @owns; $j ++)
+ {
+ if ($all [$i] == $owns [$j])
+ {
+ $find = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!$find)
+ {
+ push (@selected, $all [$i]);
+ }
+ }
+ if (defined @selected)
+ {
+ my @targets = @{$self -> {__drop_targets}};
+ my $last_notified = $self -> {__last_notified};
+ $self -> {__last_notified} = undef;
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @targets; $i ++)
+ {
+ if (minstance ($targets [$i]) == $selected [0] || minstance ($targets [$i]) == $selected [1])
+ {
+ if ($last_notified != $targets [$i])
+ {
+ $targets [$i] -> notify ('DRAGENTER');
+ }
+ $self -> {__last_notified} = $targets [$i];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($last_notified == $targets [$i])
+ {
+ $targets [$i] -> notify ('DRAGLEAVE');
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub getObjectBellow {
+ my ($self, $x, $y, @objects) = @_;
+ my @all = $zinc -> find ('overlapping', $x, $y, $x + 1, $y +1);
+ my @owns = @{$self -> {__owns_data}};
+ my @below;
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @all; $i++)
+ {
+ my $find = 0;
+ for (my $j = 0; $j < @owns; $j ++)
+ {
+ if ($all [$i] == $owns [$j])
+ {
+ $find = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!$find)
+ {
+ push (@below, $all [$i]);
+ }
+ }
+ my $nb = @below;
+ my @elements;
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < $nb; $i ++)
+ {
+ my @fils = $zinc -> find ('ancestors', $below [$i]);
+ push (@elements, '-'.$below [$i], @fils);
+ }
+ my $main;
+ for (my $j = 0; $j < @elements; $j ++)
+ {
+ if (index($elements [$j], '-') == 0)
+ {
+ $elements [$j] = substr ($elements [$j], 1, length ($elements [$j]));
+ $main = $elements [$j];
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @objects; $i++)
+ {
+ if (minstance ($objects [$i]) == $elements [$j])
+ {
+ return ($objects [$i], $main);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return undef;
+}
+
+sub __update_all {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $selection_changed = 0;
+ $self -> {_selected} = 0;
+ $self -> {__selected_plan} = -1;
+ if (defined $self -> {__objects})
+ {
+ my @object_plan = @{$self -> {__objects}};
+ for (my $j = 0; $j < @object_plan; $j ++)
+ {
+ if (defined $self -> {__objects} [$j])
+ {
+ my @items = @{$self -> {__objects} [$j]};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @items; $i++)
+ {
+ $selection_changed = $selection_changed || $self -> __update_surrouding ($items [$i], ($self -> {__selected_plan} != -1), $self -> {__points});
+ }
+ if ($self -> {_selected} && $self -> {__selected_plan} == -1)
+ {
+ $self -> {__selected_plan} = $j;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if ($selection_changed)
+ {
+ $self -> notify ('SELECTION_CHANGED', $self)
+ }
+}
+
+sub getSelectedPlan {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ return $self -> {__selected_plan};
+}
+
+sub __update_surrouding {
+ my ($self, $item, $force_non_sel, $coords) = @_;
+ my $center_x = $item -> mget ('barycentre_x');
+ if ($item -> propertyExists ('x'))
+ {
+ $center_x += $item -> mget ('x');
+ }
+ my $center_y = $item -> mget ('barycentre_y');
+ if ($item -> propertyExists ('y'))
+ {
+ $center_y += $item -> mget ('y');
+ }
+ my ($tmp,$ref);
+ $ref = -$self -> __angle($coords, @{$coords} - 1, $center_x, $center_y, 0);
+ $tmp = -$self -> __angle($coords, @{$coords} - 2, $center_x, $center_y, $ref);
+ $item -> {__surround_angle} += $tmp;
+ $tmp = $self -> __angle($coords, 0, $center_x, $center_y, $ref);
+ if ($force_non_sel)
+ {
+ if ($item -> isSelected ())
+ {
+ $item -> setSelected (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (abs ($item -> {__surround_angle} + $tmp) > 2)
+ {
+ $self -> {_selected} ++;
+ if (!$item -> isSelected ())
+ {
+ $item -> setSelected (1);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($item -> isSelected ())
+ {
+ $item -> setSelected (0);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+sub __angle {
+ my ($self, $coords, $index, $center_x, $center_y, $ref) = @_;
+ my $angle;
+ my $tab = $coords -> [$index];
+ $angle = atan2 ($tab -> [1] - $center_y, $tab -> [0] - $center_x) + $ref;
+ $angle -= 2*pi if ($angle > pi);
+ $angle += 2*pi if ($angle < - pi);
+ return $angle;
+}
+
+sub __reset_surrounding {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__objects})
+ {
+ my @object_plan = @{$self -> {__objects}};
+ for (my $j = 0; $j < @object_plan; $j ++)
+ {
+ if (defined $self -> {__objects} [$j])
+ {
+ my @items = @{$self -> {__objects} [$j]};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @items; $i++)
+ {
+ $items [$i] -> {__surround_angle} = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub applySelection {
+ my ($self, $plan, $fct, @args) = @_;
+ my @retour;
+ if (defined $self -> {__objects} [$plan])
+ {
+ my @items = @{$self -> {__objects} [$plan]};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @items; $i++)
+ {
+ if ($items [$i] -> isSelected ())
+ {
+ push (@retour, $items [$i] -> $fct (@args));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return @retour;
+}
+
+sub applyAll {
+ my ($self, $plan, $fct, @args) = @_;
+ my @retour;
+ if (defined $self -> {__objects} [$plan])
+ {
+ my @items = @{$self -> {__objects} [$plan]};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @items; $i++)
+ {
+ push (@retour, $items [$i] -> $fct (@args));
+ }
+ }
+ return @retour;
+}
+
+sub getSelection {
+ my ($self, $plan) = @_;
+ if (!defined $plan) {$plan = $self -> getSelectedPlan ();}
+ my @selection;
+ if (defined $self -> {__objects} [$plan])
+ {
+ my @items = @{$self -> {__objects} [$plan]};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @items; $i++)
+ {
+ if ($items [$i] -> isSelected ())
+ {
+ push (@selection, $items [$i]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return @selection;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MReconizer.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MReconizer.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9605eb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MReconizer.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MReconizer;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant permet de rendre un objet zinc sensible a la reco de geste
+#
+# Parametres :
+# * src : objet rendu sensible et donc source des evenements
+# * button : bouton de la souris utilise pour genere la reco de geste
+# * %options : table de hash permettant la configuration initiale des proprietes
+# Proprietes :
+# * animation_duration : duree de l'animation de disparition du feedback
+# * color : couleur du feedback
+# * callback : callback appelee sur reconnaissance
+# Evenements :
+# * START_GESTURE_RECO : evenement survenant lors du demarrage d'un geste
+# * RECONIZED : evenement survenant lorsque un geste est reconnu
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use Recogestures;
+
+use MTools::Anim::MOpacity;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $src, $button, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $button = 1 if ! defined $button;
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('RECONIZED');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('START_GESTURE_RECO');
+ $self -> recordProperty ('animation_duration', 0.5);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('color', 'blue');
+ $self -> recordProperty ('callback', undef);
+
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+
+ binding ($src, "<Button-$button>", [\&__pressed, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y')]);
+ binding ($src, "<Button$button-Motion>", [\&__moved, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y')]);
+ binding ($src, "<ButtonRelease-$button>", [\&__released, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y')]);
+
+ $self -> binding ('RECONIZED', sub {
+ my $methode = $self -> mget ('callback');
+ if (defined $methode)
+ {
+ executer ($methode, @_);
+ }
+ });
+ $self -> {__dessin} = undef;
+
+ $self -> {__dessin} = my $dessin = new MTools::MGroup (1);
+ $self -> {__fleche} = $zinc -> add ('curve', minstance($dessin), [[0,0],[0,0]],
+ -linecolor => 'blue',
+ -linewidth => 2,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 0,
+ );
+
+ $self -> {__anim__disparition} = new MTools::Anim::MOpacity (
+ duration => 0.8,
+ targets => $dessin,
+ from_opacity => 100,
+ to_opacity => 0,
+ );
+ binding ($self -> {__anim__disparition}, 'ANIMATION_END', [$self, \&__clear]);
+ plink ([$self, 'color'], [$self -> {__fleche}, '-linecolor']);
+ plink ([$self, 'animation_duration'], [$self -> {__anim__disparition}, 'duration']);
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub __clear () {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ $self -> {__points} = ();
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__fleche}, 0, [[0,0],[0,0]]);
+ $self -> {__dessin} -> mconfigure (
+ -alpha => 100,
+ );
+}
+
+sub __pressed {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ ($x, $y) = $zinc -> transform('device', minstance ($self -> {__dessin}), [$x, $y]);
+ if (defined $self -> {__dessin})
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {__points}}, [$x, $y]);
+ }
+ $self -> notify ('START_GESTURE_RECO', $x, $y);
+}
+
+sub __moved {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ ($x, $y) = $zinc -> transform('device', minstance ($self -> {__dessin}), [$x, $y]);
+ push (@{$self -> {trace}},$x,$y);
+
+ if (defined $self -> {__dessin})
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {__points}}, [$x, $y]);
+ my @pts = @{$self -> {__points}};
+ $zinc -> coords ($self -> {__fleche}, 0, \@pts);
+ }
+}
+
+sub __released {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+
+ my ($gesture,$explanation) = AnalyzeGesture(@{$self -> {trace}});
+ $self -> {trace} = ();
+ $self -> notify ('RECONIZED', $gesture, $explanation);
+
+ if (defined $self -> {__dessin})
+ {
+ $self -> {__anim__disparition} -> start ();
+ }
+}
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MTremor.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MTremor.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25b5023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MTremor.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MTremor;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant permet d'ajouter un comportement de tremblement ? un objet cible
+#
+# Parametres :
+# * target : objet cible du tremblement
+# * %options : table de hash permettant la configuration initiale des proprietes
+# Propriete :
+# * timeout : periode / 2 du tremblement
+# * target : cible
+# * amplitude_x, amplitude_y : amplitude du deplacement
+# * -visible : visibilite versus activation du comportement
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+#use MTools::MSwitch;
+use MTools::MTimer;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $target, %options) = @_;
+
+ $self -> {__timer} = my $timer = new MTools::MTimer (200, 1, \&tremble);
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+# $self -> {__sw} = new MTools::MSwitch (
+# $parent,
+# tremble => [$timer],
+# fixe => [],
+# );
+# $self -> {__sw} -> mconfigure (state => 'fixe');
+ $timer -> mconfigure ( callback => [$self, '__tremble']);
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('timeout', 200);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('target', $target);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('amplitude_x', 2);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('amplitude_y', 2);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 0);
+ $self -> plisten ('-visible', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ if ($val == 0)
+ {
+ $self -> __stop ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> __start ();
+ }
+ });
+
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+
+ plink ([$self, 'timeout'], [$timer, 'timeout']);
+ $self -> {__timer} = $timer;
+ $self -> {__x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__started} = 0;
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub __tremble {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('target');
+ my $dx = -2 * $self -> {__x};
+ my $dy = -2 * $self -> {__y};
+ $self -> {__x} = -$self -> {__x};
+ $self -> {__y} = -$self -> {__y};
+ $target -> translate ($dx, $dy);
+}
+
+sub __start {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__started}) {return;}
+ $self -> {__started} = 1;
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('target');
+ my $amplitudex = $self -> mget ('amplitude_x');
+ my $amplitudey = $self -> mget ('amplitude_y');
+ $self -> {__x} = $amplitudex;
+ $self -> {__y} = $amplitudey;
+ $target -> translate ($amplitudex, $amplitudey);
+# $self -> {__sw} -> mconfigure ('state' => 'tremble');
+ $self -> {__timer} -> start ();
+}
+
+sub __stop {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (!$self -> {__started}) {return;}
+ $self -> {__started} = 0;
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('target');
+ $target -> translate (-$self -> {__x}, -$self -> {__y});
+ $self -> {__x} = 0;
+ $self -> {__y} = 0;
+ $self -> {__sw} -> mconfigure ('state' => 'fixe');
+ $self -> {__timer} -> stop ();
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Comp/MWritable.pm b/src/MTools/Comp/MWritable.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a2a2d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Comp/MWritable.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+package MTools::Comp::MWritable;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant MWritable permet d'associer un comportement scritptible a un objet zinc
+# Le composant peut alors etre ecrit et l'ecriture effacee
+#
+# Parametres :
+# * parent : objet parent des curves qui vont etre dessinee au cours de l'ecriture
+# * src : objet source des evenements qui vont generer le dessin
+# * button : bouton de la souris utilise pour genere la reco de geste
+# * %options : table de hash permettant la configuration initiale des proprietes et de definir un objet clip ($options {clip})
+# l'objet clip permet de contenir l'ecriture libre dans une zone.
+# Proprietes :
+# * color : couleur d'ecriture
+# * writing_mode : ('write' ou 'erase') permet de specifier le resultat de l'interaction sur l'objet source (ecriture ou effacement)
+# Evenements :
+# * BEGIN_WRITE : Message emis lors d'un debut d'ecriture
+# * WRITE : Message emis lors de l'ecriture
+# * END_WRITE :Message emis lors d'une fin d'ecriture
+# * ERASE : Message emis lors de l'effacement
+# Fonctions :
+# * begin_write : force un debut d'ecriture
+# * write : force l'ecriture
+# * end_write : force une fin d'ecriture
+# * erase : force un effacement
+
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use MTools::GUI::MClip;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, $src, $button, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($parent);
+ bless $self, $class;
+ if (defined $options {clip})
+ {
+ $self -> {__clip} = new MTools::GUI::MClip (
+ $self,
+ $options {clip},
+ );
+ }
+ delete $options {clip};
+ $self -> mconfigure (-atomic => 1);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('color', '#000000');
+ $self -> recordProperty ('writing_mode', 'write');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('BEGIN_WRITE');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('END_WRITE');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('WRITE');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('ERASE');
+ $button = 1 if ! defined $button;
+ binding ($src, "<Button-$button>", [\&__beginWrite, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($src, "<Button$button-Motion>", [\&__writing, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($src, "<ButtonRelease-$button>", [\&__endWrite, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($self, "<Button-$button>", [\&__beginWrite, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($self, "<Button$button-Motion>", [\&__writing, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ binding ($self, "<ButtonRelease-$button>", [\&__endWrite, $self, Ev('x'), Ev('y'), Ev('t')]);
+ $self -> {__curves} = ();
+ $self -> {__points} = ();
+ $self -> {__current_curves} = ();
+ $self -> {__tmp_curves} = new MTools::MGroup ($self);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub __beginWrite {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ ($x, $y) = $zinc -> transform ('device', minstance ($self), [$x, $y]);
+ $self -> beginWrite ($x, $y);
+ $self -> notify ('BEGIN_WRITE', $x, $y)
+}
+
+sub beginWrite {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ push (@{$self -> {__old_coords}}, ($x, $y));
+}
+
+sub __endWrite {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ if ($self -> mget ('writing_mode') eq 'write')
+ {
+ ($x, $y) = $zinc -> transform ('device', minstance ($self), [$x, $y]);
+ $self -> writing ($x, $y);
+ $self -> notify ('WRITE', $x, $y);
+ $self -> notify ('END_WRITE');
+ $self -> endWrite ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {__old_coords} = ();
+ }
+}
+
+sub endWrite {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__points} && @{$self -> {__points}})
+ {
+ my @points = @{$self -> {__points}};
+ push (@{$self -> {__curves}}, $zinc -> add (
+ 'curve',
+ minstance ($self),
+ [@points],
+ -linecolor => $self -> mget ('color'),
+ -linewidth => 1,
+ -priority => 2,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 0
+ )
+ );
+ $self -> {__points} = ();
+ $self -> {__tmp_curves} -> mdelete ();
+ $self -> {__tmp_curves} = new MTools::MGroup ($self);
+ }
+ $self -> {__old_coords} = ();
+}
+
+sub __writing {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ if ($self -> mget ('writing_mode') eq 'write')
+ {
+ ($x, $y) = $zinc -> transform ('device', minstance ($self), [$x, $y]);
+ $self -> writing ($x, $y);
+ $self -> notify ('WRITE', $x, $y)
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ erase ($self, $x, $y);
+ }
+}
+
+
+sub writing {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ $self -> write ($x, $y);
+}
+
+sub write {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ my @coords;
+ push (@{$self -> {__old_coords}}, ($x, $y));
+ my $list_size = @{$self -> {__old_coords}};
+ if ($list_size >= 6)
+ {
+ my $x1 = $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 6];
+ my $y1 = $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 5];
+ my $x2 = $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 4];
+ my $y2 = $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 3];
+ my $x3 = $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 2];
+ my $y3 = $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 1];
+ my $cx2 = ($x1 - $x3) * 0.2 + $x2;
+ my $cy2 = ($y1 - $y3) * 0.2 + $y2;
+ if ($list_size == 6)
+ {
+ @coords = ([$x1,$y1],[$cx2,$cy2,'c'],[$x2,$y2]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $cx1 = ($x2 - $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 8]) * 0.2 + $x1;
+ my $cy1 = ($y2 - $self -> {__old_coords} -> [$list_size - 7]) * 0.2 + $y1;
+ @coords = ([$x1, $y1], [$cx1, $cy1, 'c'], [$cx2, $cy2, 'c'], [$x2, $y2]);
+ }
+ push (@{$self -> {__points}}, @coords);
+ push (@{$self -> {__current_curves}}, $zinc -> add (
+ 'curve',
+ minstance ($self -> {__tmp_curves}),
+ [@coords],
+ -linecolor => $self -> mget ('color'),
+ -linewidth => 1,
+ -priority => 2,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -sensitive => 0
+ )
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+my $k = 5;
+sub erase {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+ ($x, $y) = $zinc -> transform ('device', minstance ($self), [$x, $y]);
+ if (defined $self -> {__curves})
+ {
+ my @curves = @{$self -> {__curves}};
+ for (my $i = @curves - 1; $i >= 0 ; $i --)
+ {
+ my @points = $zinc -> coords ($curves [$i], 0);
+ for (my $j = 0; $j < @points - 1; $j ++)
+ {
+ my $pt1 = $points [$j];
+ my $pt2 = $points [$j + 1];
+
+ if ($pt1 -> [0] == $pt2 -> [0])
+ {
+ if (in ($y, $pt1 -> [1], $pt2 -> [1]) && ( abs ($pt1 -> [0] - $x) <= $k))
+ {
+ $self -> __deleteCurve ($i);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $a = ($pt1 -> [1] - $pt2 -> [1]) / ($pt1 -> [0] - $pt2 -> [0]);
+ my $b = $pt2 -> [1] - $a * $pt2 -> [0];
+ my $ar = ($a ** 2 + 1);
+ my $br = (2 * $a * ($b - $y) - 2 * $x);
+ my $cr = ($x ** 2 + ($b - $y) ** 2 - $k ** 2);
+ my $d = $br ** 2 - 4 * $ar * $cr;
+ if ($d >= 0)
+ {
+ if (mdist ($pt1 -> [0], $pt1 -> [1], $x ,$y) || mdist ($pt2 -> [0], $pt2 -> [1], $x ,$y))
+ {
+ $self -> __deleteCurve ($i);
+ last;
+ }
+ my $x1 = (-$br + sqrt ($d)) / (2 * $ar);
+ my $x2 = (-$br - sqrt ($d)) / (2 * $ar);
+ if (in ($x1, $pt1 -> [0], $pt2 -> [0]) || in ($x2, $pt1 -> [0], $pt2 -> [0]))
+ {
+ $self -> __deleteCurve ($i);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub __deleteCurve {
+ my ($self, $index) = @_;
+ $self -> notify ('ERASE', $index);
+ $self -> deleteCurve ($index);
+}
+
+sub deleteCurve {
+ my ($self, $index) = @_;
+ $self -> {__old_coords} = ();
+ mdelete ($self -> {__curves} [$index]);
+ splice (@{$self -> {__curves}}, $index, 1);
+}
+
+sub in {
+ my ($x, $x0, $x1) = @_;
+ return (($x0 <= $x) && ($x <= $x1) || ($x1 <= $x) && ($x <= $x0));
+}
+
+sub mdist {
+ my ($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2) = @_;
+ return (($x1 - $x2) ** 2 + ($y1 - $y2) ** 2 <= ($k) ** 2);
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MAntiRecouvrementGroup.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MAntiRecouvrementGroup.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e8dbc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MAntiRecouvrementGroup.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MAntiRecouvrementGroup;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+
+# Les objets heritant de MAntiRecouvrementGroup peuvent etre geres par un objet MAntiRecouvrement et ainsi pris en charge
+# par un algorithme d'anti-recouvrement.
+#
+# parametres :
+# * $parent : parent de l'objet...
+# * %options : table de hash permettant d'initialiser les proprietes
+# Les ?v?nements :
+# * TRANSLATED : notifie lorsque l'objet est translate...
+# attibuts :
+# followed_by : MAntiRecouvrementGroup permet aux objets contenus dans ce tableau de suivre ses deplacements
+# (permet un chainage des objets)
+# Les propietes :
+# * xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax : definissent les caract?risiques de l'espace dans lequel l'objet est contraint.
+# * height, width : definissent la base rectangulaire de l'objet
+# * auto_sizing : si width ou height ne sont pas pass?s en param?tre, les caracteristiques
+# sont auto-determinees en fonction de la bbox de l'objet. On peut bien evidemment choisir cette definition automatique, cependant
+# attention, la bbox de l'objet ne correspond par toujours a la bbox visible de l'objet.
+# * x, y : determinent la position de l'objet et sont mis a jour automatiquement au cours des deplacement de l'objet.
+# * anchors : permet d'active ou ne le suivi des objets contenus dans 'followed_by'
+# Les fonctions :
+# * update_bbox : permet de demander une remise ? jour du calcul automatique des dimensions de l'objet (util uniquement si auto_sizing == 1)
+
+use MTools;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+
+use MTools::MGroup;
+require Exporter;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup Exporter/;
+ @EXPORT = qw / translate scale rotate /;
+}
+
+use strict;
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($parent);
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('TRANSLATED');
+ $self -> recordProperty ('auto_sizing', (!defined $options{width}) || (!defined $options{height}));
+ $self -> recordProperty ('height', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('width', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('x', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('y', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('xmin', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('ymin', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('xmax', 1500);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('ymax', 1500);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('anchors', 1);
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('__HANDLE_MOVING');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('__PUSH_BACK');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('__ENQUEUE_MOVING');
+
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub translate {
+ my ($self, $delta_x, $delta_y) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__added})
+ {
+ if ((abs ($delta_x) >= $self -> mget ('width') / 2) or (abs ($delta_y) >= $self -> mget ('height') / 2))
+ {
+ my ($mini_dx, $mini_dy) = (int ($delta_x / 2), int ($delta_y / 2));
+ $self -> translate ($mini_dx, $mini_dy);
+ $self -> translate ($delta_x - $mini_dx, $delta_y - $mini_dy);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> __try_move ($delta_x, $delta_y, []);
+ $self -> notify ('__HANDLE_MOVING');
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> __update_xy ($delta_x, $delta_y);
+ }
+}
+
+sub __search {
+ my ($val, @tab) = @_;
+ my $result = 0;
+ if (($#tab != -1) and (defined $val))
+ {
+ foreach (@tab)
+ {
+ if (($_ eq $val) or ($_ =~ m/$val/))
+ {
+ $result = 1;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+sub __try_move {
+ my ($self, $delta_x, $delta_y, $path) = @_;
+ return if __search ($self, @{$path});
+ push (@{$path}, $self);
+ $self -> __update_xy ($delta_x, $delta_y);
+
+ my $label_coords_x = $self -> mget ('x');
+ my $label_coords_y = $self -> mget ('y');
+ my $x_min = $self -> mget ('xmin');
+ my $x_max = $self -> mget ('xmax');
+ my $y_min = $self -> mget ('ymin');
+ my $y_max = $self -> mget ('ymax');
+
+ my ($push_x, $push_y) = (0, 0);
+ $push_x = $x_min - $label_coords_x if $label_coords_x < $x_min;
+ $push_x = $x_max - $label_coords_x if $label_coords_x > $x_max;
+ $push_y = $y_min - $label_coords_y if $label_coords_y < $y_min;
+ $push_y = $y_max - $label_coords_y if $label_coords_y > $y_max;
+ $self -> notify ('__PUSH_BACK', $self, $push_x, $push_y, $path) if (($push_x != 0) or ($push_y != 0));
+
+ if ($self -> mget ('anchors'))
+ {
+ if (defined $self -> {followed_by})
+ {
+ foreach (@{$self -> {followed_by}})
+ {
+ $_ -> __try_move($delta_x + $push_x, $delta_y + $push_y, $path);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ my @other_path = @{$path};
+ $self -> notify ('__ENQUEUE_MOVING', $self, $delta_x + $push_x, $delta_y + $push_y, [@other_path]);
+ pop @{$path};
+}
+
+sub __update_xy {
+ my ($self, $delta_x, $delta_y) = @_;
+ MTools::translate ($self, $delta_x, $delta_y);
+ $self -> mconfigure ('x' => $self -> mget ('x') + $delta_x);
+ $self -> mconfigure ('y' => $self -> mget ('y') + $delta_y);
+ $self -> notify ('TRANSLATED', $delta_x, $delta_y);
+}
+
+sub scale {
+ my ($self, @params) = @_;
+ MTools::scale ($self, @params);
+ $self -> update_bbox ();
+ $self -> translate (0, 0);
+}
+
+sub rotate {
+ my ($self, @params) = @_;
+ MTools::rotate ($self, @params);
+ $self -> update_bbox ();
+ $self -> translate (0, 0);
+}
+
+sub update_bbox {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if ($self -> mget ('auto_sizing'))
+ {
+ my @rect = $self -> bbox ();
+ $self -> mconfigure (width => $rect [2] - $rect [0]);
+ $self -> mconfigure (height => $rect [3] - $rect [1]);
+ }
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MCircle.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MCircle.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35463ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MCircle.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MCircle;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Encapsule la creation d'un cercle
+# Parametres :
+# * parent : pere de l'objet.
+# * x, y : coordonnees du centre du cercle
+# * r : rayon du cercle
+# * %options : table de hash pass?e en parametre de la cr?ation de l'objet zinc arc
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, $x, $y, $r, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+ $self -> {instance} = $zinc -> add('arc',
+ ref ($parent) eq '' ? $parent : $parent -> {instance},
+ [$x - $r, $y - $r, $x + $r, $y + $r],
+ -pieslice => 0,
+ -priority => 10,
+ %options,
+ );
+ return $self;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MClip.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MClip.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..248e395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MClip.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MClip;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Encapsule le clipping d'un objet
+# Parametres :
+# * clipped : group zinc clippe
+# * path : description de l'objet clippant
+# - soit une descrition sous forme [_type, _coords] creant un objet zinc de type _type et de coordonnees _coords
+# - soit un objet existant qui prendra pour p?re le group $clipped.
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $clipped, $path, $debug) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ if (!defined $debug) {$debug = 0}
+
+ my $clip = $path;
+ if(ref ($path) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ my $type = shift @{$path};
+ $clip = $zinc -> add ($type, $clipped -> {instance}, $path,
+ -filled => 1,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -linewidth => 0,
+ -fillcolor => "#000000",
+ -visible => $debug,
+ -sensitive => 0,
+ );
+ }
+ elsif(ref ($path) eq '')
+ {
+ $clip = minstance ($clip, $clipped);
+ MTools::chggroup ($clip, $clipped);
+ MTools::mconfigure ($clip, -visible => $debug, -sensitive => 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MTools::chggroup ($clip, $clipped);
+ MTools::mconfigure (-visible => $debug, -sensitive => 0);
+ $clip = minstance ($clip);
+ }
+ $self -> {__clipped} = $clipped;
+ $self -> {__clip} = $clip;
+ mconfigure ($clipped, -clip => $clip);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub translate {
+ my ($self, @args) = @_;
+ MTools::translate ($self -> {__clip}, @args);
+}
+
+sub scale {
+ my ($self, @args) = @_;
+ MTools::scale ($self -> {__clip}, @args);
+}
+
+sub rotate {
+ my ($self, @args) = @_;
+ MTools::rotate ($self -> {__clip}, @args);
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MCurve.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MCurve.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3458e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MCurve.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MCurve;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Encapsule la creation d'une curve
+# Parametres :
+# * parent : pere de l'objet.
+# * coords : coordonnees de la curve (cf. format zinc)
+# * %options : table de hash pass?e en param?tre de la creation de l'objet zinc curve
+
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, $coords, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+ $self -> {instance} = $zinc -> add('curve',
+ ref ($parent) eq '' ? $parent : $parent -> {instance},
+ $coords,
+ -priority => 10,
+ -visible => 1,
+ -filled => 0,
+ -linecolor => 'black',
+ -linewidth => 1,
+ %options,
+ );
+ return $self;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MImage.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MImage.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94a20b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MImage.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MImage;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Encapsule la creation d'une image
+# Parametres :
+# * parent : pere de l'objet.
+# * image : nom de l'image
+# * %options : table de hash passee en parametre de la creation de l'objet zinc icon
+
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+use Tk::PNG;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, $image, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ my $image = __getImage ($zinc, $image);
+ $self -> {instance} = $zinc -> add('icon', minstance ($parent),
+ -priority => 10,
+ -image => $image,
+ -composealpha => 1,
+ %options
+ );
+ return $self;
+}
+
+
+sub __getImage {
+ my ($widget, $imagefile) = @_;
+ my $image;
+ if (index ($imagefile, '.png') != -1)
+ {
+ $image = $widget -> Photo(-file => Tk::findINC($imagefile), -format => 'png');
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $image = $widget -> Photo(-file => Tk::findINC($imagefile));
+ }
+ return $image;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MRect.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MRect.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e28b044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MRect.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MRect;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Encapsule la creation d'un rectangle
+# Parametres :
+# * parent : pere de l'objet.
+# * x, y : de l'angle en haut a gauche du rectangle
+# * w, h : largeur et hauteur du rectangle
+# * %options : table de hash passee en parametre de la creation de l'objet zinc rectangle
+
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, $x, $y, $w, $h, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+ if ((defined $options {-fillcolor}) && (!defined $options {-filled}))
+ {
+ $options{-filled} = 1;
+ }
+ $self -> {instance} = $zinc -> add ('rectangle',
+ minstance ($parent),
+ [$x, $y, $x + $w, $y + $h],
+ %options,
+ );
+ return $self;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MText.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MText.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d99ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MText.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MText;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Encapsule la creation d'un text
+# Parametres :
+# * parent : pere de l'objet.
+# * text : text !
+# * x, y : coordonnees de l'emplacement de l'objet
+# * %options : table de hash passee en parametre de la creation de l'objet zinc text
+
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, $text, $x, $y, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+ if (!defined $x) {$x = 0;}
+ if (!defined $y) {$y = 0;}
+ if (!defined $text) {$text = "";}
+ $self -> {instance} = $zinc -> add ('text',
+ minstance ($parent),
+ -text => $text,
+ %options,
+ );
+ $self -> translate ($x, $y);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/GUI/MTexture.pm b/src/MTools/GUI/MTexture.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3dff9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/GUI/MTexture.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+package MTools::GUI::MTexture;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Permet d'appliquer un texture a un objet
+# Parametres :
+# * parent : pere de l'objet.
+# * target : group zinc destine a contenir les images de texture
+# * image_name : nom de l'image texture
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MGroup;
+use MTools::GUI::MImage;
+
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, $target, $image_name) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($parent);
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ chggroup ($target, $self);
+
+ my $image = new MTools::GUI::MImage ($self, $image_name);
+
+ my @bb = bbox ($image);
+ my $img_w = $bb [2] - $bb [0];
+ my $img_h = $bb [3] - $bb [1];
+
+ my @bb = bbox ($target);
+ my $w = $bb [2] - $bb [0];
+ my $h = $bb [3] - $bb [1];
+
+ mdelete ($image);
+
+ for (my $x = 0; $x < $w; $x += $img_w)
+ {
+ for (my $y = 0; $y < $h; $y += $img_h)
+ {
+ $image = new MTools::GUI::MImage ($self, $image_name);
+ $image -> translate ($x + $bb [0], $y + $bb [1]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ my $clip = $zinc -> clone ($target);
+ mconfigure ($clip, -visible => 0);
+ new MTools::GUI::MClip ($self, $clip);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/MGroup.pm b/src/MTools/MGroup.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb00925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/MGroup.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+package MTools::MGroup;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# L'objet MTools::MGroup encapsule la cr?ation d'un objet group zinc en toute rigueur il aurait d? ?tre plac? dans MTools::GUI
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+ $parent = ref($parent) eq ''?$parent:$parent -> {instance};
+ $self -> {instance} = $zinc -> add ('group', $parent, -priority => 10, %options);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/MIvy.pm b/src/MTools/MIvy.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ade88f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/MIvy.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+package MTools::MIvy;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+
+# Le composant MIvy encapsule la declaration et l'utilisation d'un bus ivy.
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+our $ivy_instance = undef;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $adresse, $ivy_name) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+ if (!defined $ivy_instance)
+ {
+ Ivy -> init(
+ -ivyBus => $adresse,
+ -appName => $ivy_name,
+ -loopMode => 'TK',
+ -messWhenReady => 'READY',
+ );
+ $self -> {__ivy} = Ivy -> new ();
+ $self -> {__ivy} -> start ();
+ $ivy_instance = $self -> {__ivy};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {__ivy} = $ivy_instance;
+ }
+ return $self;
+}
+
+
+sub binding {
+ my ($self, $reg, $cb) = @_;
+ if (ref ($cb) ne 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ $cb = [$cb];
+ }
+ $self -> {__ivy} -> bindRegexp ($reg, $cb);
+}
+
+sub sendMsgs {
+ my ($self, $msgs) = @_;
+ $self -> {__ivy} -> sendMsgs ($msgs);
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/MObjet.pm b/src/MTools/MObjet.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b35c07f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/MObjet.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+package MTools::MObjet;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant MObject est l'objet racine des composants MTools.
+# Il defini les fonctions applicables uniquement aux objets MTools.
+#
+# IMPORTANT : Une autre partie des fonctions applicables aux objets MTools est definie dans la classe MTools.
+# La difference entre ces deux classes de fonctions est que les fonctions definies dans MTools sont egalement
+# applicables ? des objets zinc tandis que les fonctions definies ici ne peuvent etre appliquees que a des objets heritant de MTools::MObjet.
+#
+# Concepts :
+# * Objet MTools : objet heritant de MObjet
+# * Les PROPERTY : Les proprietes sont des attributs particuliers et modifiables
+# par un appel a "mconfigure". Elles peuvent etre ecoutees et synchronisees avec d'autres proprietes
+# MTools ou meme zinc ! (cf MTools::plink et MTools::plisten). En consequence elles sont la pour engendrer un comportement
+# consecutif ? leur modification et doivent etre distinguees des attibuts qui peuvent se contenter d'etre ds clef de hash de l'objet.
+# * Les EVENT : les evenements peuvent etre emis par n'importe quel objet MTools et capter par un binding.
+#
+# Les fonctions public :
+# * recordEvent : permet de permettre a un objet MObjet d'emettre un evenement.
+# * recordProperty : permet de declarer et initialiser une propriete.
+# NOTA : Il pourrait manquer une declaration collective des proprietes. Initialement,
+# celle-ci n'a pas ete effectuee pour essayer de limiter l'usage des proprietes
+# et ne pas les utiliser comme des attributs.
+# * notify : permet a un objet MTools de notifier un evenement prealablement enregistre par recordEvent
+# * propagate : permet a un objet de propager un evenement emis par un autre objet
+# (correspond a un recordEvent puis un binding sur un evenement d'un objet effectuant le notify du meme evt
+# depuis l'objet declarant la propagation)
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use vars qw /@ISA @EXPORT @EXPORT_OK/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw //;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ $self -> {instance} = -1;
+ bless $self, $class;
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub recordEvent {
+ my ($self, $event) = @_;
+ if (!(defined $self -> {__events} -> {$event}))
+ {
+ $self -> {__events} -> {$event} = [];
+ }
+}
+
+sub recordProperty {
+ my ($self, $prop, $val) = @_;
+ $self -> {__properties} -> {$prop} -> {val} = $val;
+}
+
+sub notify {
+ my ($self, $event, @params) = @_;
+ if (!defined $self -> {__events} -> {$event})
+ {
+ print "ERREUR $self : Vous essayer de notifier l'evenement $event qui n'est pas declare\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ my @tb = @{$self -> {__events} -> {$event}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @tb; $i++)
+ {
+ executer ($tb[$i], @params);
+ }
+}
+
+sub propagate {
+ my ($self, $from, $event, @nargs) = @_;
+ $self -> recordEvent ($event);
+ $from -> __addListener ($event,
+ sub {
+ my (@args) = @_;
+ $self -> notify ($event, @args, @nargs);
+ }
+ );
+}
+
+sub __addListener {
+ my ($self, $event, $methode) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__events} -> {$event})
+ {
+ push (@{$self -> {__events} -> {$event}}, $methode);
+ return $methode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print "ERREUR : l'objet $self n'?met jamais l'evt $event... L'abonnement est donc inutile\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub __removeListener {
+ my ($self, $event, $methode) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__events} -> {$event})
+ {
+ my @events = @{$self -> {__events} -> {$event}};
+ for (my $i = @events - 1; $i >= 0; $i--)
+ {
+ if ($events [$i] == $methode)
+ {
+ splice (@{$self -> {__events} -> {$event}}, $i, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/MState.pm b/src/MTools/MState.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf7b9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/MState.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+package MTools::MState;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use MTools::SVG::SVGLoader;
+
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+ $self -> {instance} = -1;
+ my %events = %{$options {events}};
+ $self -> {__transitions} = $options {transitions};
+ my %transitions = %{$self -> {__transitions}};
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('state', $options {current_state});
+
+ $self -> recordEvent('SET_STATE');
+
+ # Cr?er les bind soit aupr?s de zinc, soit au niveau des objets MObjet
+ while ( my ($evt, $desc) = each (%events) )
+ {
+ my ($src, $spec) = @{$desc};
+ if ($spec =~ /<(.*)>/)
+ {
+ binding ($src, $spec, sub {$self -> evt ($evt, @_); });
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $src -> binding ($spec, sub {$self -> evt ($evt, @_); });
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Abonne les switchs ecoutant les changements d'etat
+ my $sws = $options {switchs};
+ if (defined $sws)
+ {
+ my @abonnes;
+ if (ref ($sws) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @abonnes = @{$sws};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $abonnes [0] = $sws;
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @abonnes; $i++)
+ {
+ $self -> binding ('SET_STATE', [$abonnes [$i], 'setState']);
+ }
+ $self -> notify ('SET_STATE', $self -> mget ('state'));
+ }
+
+ # Enregistre les outputs
+ while ( my ($src, $trans) = each (%transitions) )
+ {
+ my %trs = %{$trans};
+ while ( my ($evt, $desc) = each (%trs) )
+ {
+ if (defined $desc -> {notify})
+ {
+ my @evts;
+ if (ref ($desc -> {notify}) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @evts = @{$desc -> {notify}};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $evts [0] = $desc -> {notify};
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @evts; $i++)
+ {
+ $self -> recordEvent($evts [$i]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub evt {
+ my ($self, $evt, @args) = @_;
+ if (defined $self -> {__transitions} -> {$self -> mget ('state')} -> {$evt})
+ {
+ my $trans = $self -> {__transitions} -> {$self -> mget ('state')} -> {$evt};
+ if( defined $trans -> {do_before} )
+ {
+ executer ($trans -> {do_before}, @args);
+ }
+ if( defined $trans -> {to} )
+ {
+ $self -> mconfigure ('state', $self -> {__transitions} -> {$self -> mget ('state')} -> {$evt} -> {to});
+ $self -> notify ('SET_STATE', $self -> mget ('state'));
+ }
+ if( defined $trans -> {do_after} )
+ {
+ executer ($trans -> {do_after}, @args);
+ }
+ if( defined $trans -> {notify} )
+ {
+ my @evts;
+ if (ref ($trans -> {notify}) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @evts = @{$trans -> {notify}};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $evts [0] = $trans -> {notify};
+ }
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @evts; $i++)
+ {
+ $self -> notify ($evts [$i], @args);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub setState {
+ print "################## MTools::MState TODO\n";
+}
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/src/MTools/MSwitch.pm b/src/MTools/MSwitch.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8933ca3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/MSwitch.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+package MTools::MSwitch;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant MSwitch permet de mat?rialiser et contr?ler des "?tat" actif de l'application.
+# Le principe est d'associer des composants (graphiques, abstraits, comportements, objets complexes) ? un ?tat.
+# Le composant MSwitch contr?le un ?tat actif de l'application et g?re l'option "-visible" des composants associ?s ? l'?tat.
+#
+# Les param?tres :
+# * $parent : parent de l'objet MSwitch
+# * %etats : table de hash d?finissant les ?tats de l'application
+# Ex :
+# etat1 => [], # ?tat ne comportant aucun composant
+# etat2 => 'fichier_svg.svg#tag_svg', # l'?tat va instancier un objet issu d'un fichier svg
+# etat3 => ['fichier_svg.svg#tag_svg', $obj], # l'?tat va contenir deux objets: l'un instancier par le MSwitch l'autre d?j? cr?? pr?alablement
+# Les propi?t?s :
+# * state : contr?le l'?tat actif du MSwitch
+# * -visible : permettre de rendre le MSwitch visible ou invisible et en cons?quence de rendre
+# "visible ou invisible" les composants de l'?tat actif du switch
+# Les fonctions public :
+# * setState : $switch -> setState ('etat') ?quivalent ? $swicth -> mconfigure (state => 'etat')
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MGroup;
+use MTools::SVG::SVGLoader;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, %etats) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($parent);
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('state', '');
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 1);
+ $self -> {__last} = '';
+ $self -> plisten ('state', [$self, '__setState']);
+
+ my $first = '';
+
+ while ( my ($etat, $val) = each (%etats) )
+ {
+ if ($first eq '')
+ {
+ $first = $etat;
+ }
+ my @tb;
+ if (ref ($val) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ @tb = @{$val};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $tb[0] = $val;
+ }
+
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @tb; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ( !defined $self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]})
+ {
+ if ( ref ($tb [$i]) eq '')
+ {
+ $self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]} = minstance ($tb [$i], $self);
+ MTools::mconfigure ($self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]}, -visible => 0, -sensitive => 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]} = $tb [$i];
+ $self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]} -> mconfigure ( -visible => 0, -sensitive => 0);
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ $self -> {"__etat_$etat"} = \@tb;
+ }
+ if ($first ne '')
+ {
+ $self -> mconfigure ('state' => $first);
+ }
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub setState {
+ my ($self, $etat) = @_;
+ $self -> mconfigure ('state', $etat);
+}
+
+sub __setState {
+ my ($self, $src, $key, $etat) = @_;
+ my $curr = $self -> {__last};
+ $self -> {__last} = $etat;
+ if(!$self -> mget ('-visible'))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ if ($curr ne '')
+ {
+ if (defined $self -> {"__etat_".$curr})
+ {
+ my @tb = @{$self -> {"__etat_".$curr}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @tb; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ( ref ($tb [$i]) eq '')
+ {
+ MTools::mconfigure ($self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]}, -visible => 0, -sensitive => 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]} -> mconfigure (-visible => 0, -sensitive => 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "MTools::MSwitch::__setState : you are trying to set a unknown state \"$curr\"\n";
+ }
+ }
+ if (defined $self -> {"__etat_$etat"})
+ {
+ my @tb = @{$self -> {"__etat_$etat"}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @tb; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ( ref ($tb [$i]) eq '')
+ {
+ MTools::mconfigure ($self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]}, -visible => 1, -sensitive => 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]} -> mconfigure (-visible => 1, -sensitive => 1);
+ }
+ raise ($self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]});
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($etat ne '')
+ {
+ die "MTools::MSwitch::__setState : you are trying to set a unknown state \"$etat\"\n";
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub mconfigure {
+ my ($self, %options) = @_;
+ if (defined $options {-visible})
+ {
+ my $curr = ::mget ($self, 'state');
+ if ($curr ne '')
+ {
+ if (defined $self -> {"__etat_".$curr})
+ {
+ my @tb = @{$self -> {"__etat_".$curr}};
+ my $v = $options {-visible};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @tb; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ( ref ($tb [$i]) eq '')
+ {
+ MTools::mconfigure ($self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]}, -visible => $v, -sensitive => $v);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]} -> mconfigure (-visible => $v, -sensitive => $v);
+ }
+ if ($v)
+ {
+ raise ($self -> {"__instance_".$tb [$i]});
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "MTools::MSwitch::mconfigure : you are trying to set a unknown state \"$curr\"\n";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ MTools::mconfigure ($self, %options);
+}
+
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/MTimer.pm b/src/MTools/MTimer.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68d1a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/MTimer.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+package MTools::MTimer;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+# Le composant MTimer encapsule la d?claration et l'utilisation d'un timer.
+# Les param?tres :
+# * $timeout : repr?sente timeout en ms du timer (totologique ? non...)
+# * $repeat : active ou non le caract?re r?p?titif du timer (valeur 0 ou 1)
+# * $callback : est optionnel et permet d'appeler une callback au timeout.
+# Les ?v?nements :
+# * TIME_OUT : ?mis au timeout en plus de l'appel ? une ?ventuelle callback
+# * TIMER_STOPPED : ?mis si le timer est interrompu avant un timeout
+# Les propi?t?s :
+# * timeout : ...
+# * repeat : ...
+# * callback : ...
+# * -visible : d?finie pour assurer la compatibilit? avec les autres objets MTools.
+# Si la valeur est 0 le composant est d?sactiv? (appel ? la fonction stop),
+# si la valeur est 1 (appel ? la fonction start), le composant est activ?.
+# Cette propri?t? permet notamment d'activer un timer dans un ?tat d'un MSwitch.
+# Les fonctions public :
+# * start permet de d?marrer le timer
+# * stop permet de stopper le timer
+# Nota : cf. ci-dessus, ces fonctions peuvent ?tre contr?l?es par la propri?t? -visible
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $timeout, $repeat, $callback, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = {};
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $repeat = 0 if !defined $repeat;
+ $repeat = 0 if !defined $callback;
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('TIME_OUT');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('TIMER_STOPPED');
+ $self -> recordProperty ('timeout', $timeout);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('repeat', $repeat);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('callback', $callback);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 0);
+ $self -> plisten ('-visible', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ if ($val == 0)
+ {
+ $self -> stop ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> start ();
+ }
+ });
+ $self -> mconfigure (%options);
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub start {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my $repeat = $self -> mget ('repeat');
+ my $timeout = $self -> mget ('timeout');
+ my $callback = $self -> mget ('callback');
+ my $function = $repeat ? 'repeat' : 'after';
+ $self -> {__timer} = $zinc -> $function ($timeout, sub {
+ $self -> notify ('TIME_OUT');
+ if ($callback)
+ {
+ executer ($callback);
+ }
+ });
+}
+
+sub stop {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ $zinc -> afterCancel ($self -> {__timer});
+ $self -> notify ('TIMER_STOPPED');
+}
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/SVG/SVGLoader.pm b/src/MTools/SVG/SVGLoader.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1aeafc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/SVG/SVGLoader.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+package MTools::SVG::SVGLoader;
+
+use strict;
+use Carp;
+
+use MTools;
+use SVG::SVG2zinc;
+
+sub load {
+ my ($path, $topgroup) = @_;
+ $topgroup = ref($topgroup) eq ''?$topgroup:$topgroup -> {instance};
+ my $svgfile = $path;
+ my $tag;
+ my $ftag;
+ if (index($svgfile, '#') == -1)
+ {
+ $tag = '';
+ $ftag = '';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $svgfile = substr ($path, 0, index ($path, '#'));
+ $tag = substr ($path, index ($path, '#') + 1, length ($path));
+ $ftag = "::$tag";
+ }
+
+ if($svgfile =~ /(.*)\.svg/)
+ {
+ my $filename = $1;
+ my $svgfile = Tk::findINC ("$filename.svg");
+ if (!defined $svgfile)
+ {
+ print STDERR "##### Error undefined file $filename.svg\n";
+ }
+ my ($dev,$ino,$mode,$nlink,$uid,$gid,$rdev,$size,$atime,$mtime,$ctime,$blksize,$blocks) = stat($svgfile);
+ my ($dev2,$ino2,$mode2,$nlink2,$uid2,$gid2,$rdev2,$size2,$atime2,$mtime2,$ctime2,$blksize2,$blocks2) = (0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ my $filepath = 'AUTOGEN::'.$filename;
+ $filepath = "$filepath$ftag.pm";
+ $filepath =~ s/::/\//g;
+ $filename =~ s/\//::/g;
+ if(-e $filepath)
+ {
+ ($dev2,$ino2,$mode2,$nlink2,$uid2,$gid2,$rdev2,$size2,$atime2,$mtime2,$ctime2,$blksize2,$blocks2) = stat($filepath);
+ }
+ if( $mtime2 < $mtime )
+ {
+ print "Regenarate SVG modified\n";
+ my $pack = $filename;
+ SVG::SVG2zinc::parsefile(
+ $svgfile,
+ "PerlClass",
+ -out => "AUTOGEN::$filename$ftag.pm",
+ -verbose => 0,
+ -render => 1,
+ -namespace => 0,
+ -target => $tag
+ );
+ }
+ require "$filepath";
+ my $packagename = "AUTOGEN::$filename$ftag";
+ return new $packagename (
+ -zinc => $zinc,
+ -topgroup => $topgroup,
+ );
+ }
+
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Transform/MRotation.pm b/src/MTools/Transform/MRotation.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16b405a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Transform/MRotation.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+package MTools::Transform::MRotation;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+use Tk;
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $target, $angle, $x, $y) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ if (!defined $x) {$x = 0;}
+ if (!defined $y) {$y = 0;}
+ if (!defined $angle) {$angle = 0;}
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('-visible', 0);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('target', $target);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('angle', $angle);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('x', $x);
+ $self -> recordProperty ('y', $y);
+ $self -> plisten ('-visible', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ if ($val == 0)
+ {
+ $self -> __rotate (0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> __rotate ($self -> mget ('angle'));
+ }
+ });
+ $self -> plisten ('angle', sub {
+ my ($src, $key, $val) = @_;
+ $self -> __rotate ($val);
+ });
+ $self -> {__current_angle} = 0;
+ $self -> __rotate ($angle);
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub __rotate {
+ my ($self, $angle) = @_;
+ my $new_angle = $angle - $self -> {__current_angle};
+ $self -> {__current_angle} = $angle;
+ my $target = $self -> mget ('target');
+ my $x = $self -> mget ('x');
+ my $y = $self -> mget ('y');
+ $target -> rotate ($new_angle, 1, $x, $y);
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Widget/MBouton.pm b/src/MTools/Widget/MBouton.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73c0fc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Widget/MBouton.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+package MTools::Widget::MBouton;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MGroup;
+use MTools::MSwitch;
+use MTools::MState;
+use MTools::MTimer;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($options {parent});
+
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ my $on = minstance ($options {g_on}, $self);
+ my $off = minstance ($options {g_off}, $self);
+ my $over = defined $options {g_over} ? minstance ($options {g_over}, $self) : $on;
+ my $eventOn = defined $options {e_press} ? $options {e_press} : 'PRESS';
+ my $eventOff = defined $options {e_release} ? $options {e_release} : 'RELEASED';
+ my $cb = $options {call} if (defined $options {call});
+
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('MAINTAIN_DOWN');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('PRESS');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('RELEASE');
+ $self -> mconfigure (-atomic => 1);
+
+ my @gon;
+ push (@gon, $on);
+ my @goff;
+ push (@goff, $off);
+ my @gover;
+ push (@gover, $over);
+
+ if (defined $options {g_text})
+ {
+ $self -> recordProperty ('text', $options {text});
+ my $txt = minstance ($options {g_text}, $self);
+ push (@gon, $txt);
+ push (@goff, $txt);
+ push (@gover, $txt);
+ plink ([$self, 'text'], [$txt, '-text']);
+ }
+
+ $self -> {gp_over} = new MTools::MGroup ($self);
+ push (@gon, $self -> {gp_over});
+ push (@goff, $self -> {gp_over});
+ push (@gover, $self -> {gp_over});
+
+ my $timer = new MTools::MTimer (5, 1);
+ my @gon_tmp = @gon;
+ push (@gon_tmp, $timer);
+
+ my $sw = new MTools::MSwitch (
+ $self,
+ 'up' => \@gon,
+ 'up_tmp' => \@gon_tmp,
+ 'down' => \@goff,
+ 'over' => \@gover,
+ 'maintain_down' => \@goff,
+ );
+
+ my $st = new MTools::MState (
+ current_state => 'up',
+ events => {
+ press => [$self, '<Button-1>'],
+ force_press => [$self, 'PRESS'],
+ maintain => [$self, 'MAINTAIN_DOWN'],
+ release => [$self, '<ButtonRelease-1>'],
+ force_release => [$self, 'RELEASE'],
+ enter => [$self, '<Enter>'],
+ leave => [$self, '<Leave>'],
+ timeout => [$timer, 'TIME_OUT']
+ },
+ transitions => {
+ 'up' => {
+ 'press' => {
+ to => 'down',
+ notify => $eventOn,
+ },
+ 'force_press' => {
+ to => 'down',
+ notify => $eventOn,
+ },
+ 'enter' => {
+ to => 'over',
+ },
+ },
+ 'up_tmp' => {
+ 'press' => {
+ to => 'down',
+ notify => $eventOn,
+ },
+ 'force_press' => {
+ to => 'down',
+ notify => $eventOn,
+ },
+ 'timeout' => {
+ to => 'up',
+ },
+ },
+ 'over' => {
+ 'press' => {
+ to => 'down',
+ notify => $eventOn,
+ },
+ 'force_press' => {
+ to => 'down',
+ notify => $eventOn,
+ },
+ 'leave' => {
+ to => 'up_tmp',
+ }
+ },
+ 'down' => {
+ 'release' => {
+ to => 'up',
+ notify => $eventOff,
+ },
+ 'force_release' => {
+ to => 'up',
+ notify => $eventOff,
+ },
+ 'maintain' => {
+ to => 'maintain_down',
+ },
+ },
+ 'maintain_down' => {
+ 'press' => {
+ to => 'down',
+ },
+ 'force_release' => {
+ to => 'up',
+ notify => $eventOff,
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ switchs => [$sw],
+ );
+
+ if (defined $cb)
+ {
+ $st -> binding ($eventOn, sub {
+ executer ($cb);
+ });
+ }
+
+ $self -> propagate ($st, $eventOn);
+ $self -> propagate ($st, $eventOff);
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/src/MTools/Widget/MRadioBouton.pm b/src/MTools/Widget/MRadioBouton.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..630f0f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Widget/MRadioBouton.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+package MTools::Widget::MRadioBouton;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MGroup;
+use MTools::MSwitch;
+use MTools::MState;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($options {parent});
+
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ my $on = $options {g_on};
+ my $off = $options {g_off};
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('RELEASE');
+ $self -> recordEvent ('PRESS');
+ $self -> recordProperty ('selected', 0);
+
+ my @gon;
+ push (@gon, $on);
+ my @goff;
+ push (@goff, $off);
+
+ if (defined $options {g_text})
+ {
+ $self -> recordProperty ('text', $options {text});
+ my $txt = minstance ($options {g_text}, $self);
+ push (@gon, $txt);
+ push (@goff, $txt);
+ plink ([$self, 'text'], [$txt, '-text']);
+ }
+ $self -> mconfigure (-atomic => 1);
+ my $sw = new MTools::MSwitch (
+ $self,
+ on => \@gon,
+ off => \@goff,
+ );
+ my $st = new MTools::MState (
+ current_state => 'on',
+ events => {
+ press => [$self, '<Button-1>'],
+ press2 => [$self, 'PRESS'],
+ release => [$self, 'RELEASE'],
+ },
+ transitions => {
+ on => {
+ press => {
+ to => 'off',
+ notify => 'PRESSED',
+ },
+ press2 => {
+ to => 'off',
+ notify => 'PRESSED',
+ },
+ },
+ off => {
+ release => {
+ to => 'on',
+ notify => 'RELEASED',
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ switchs => [$sw],
+ );
+
+ $st -> binding ('PRESSED', sub {
+ $self -> mconfigure ('selected', 1);
+ });
+
+ $st -> binding ('RELEASED', sub {
+ $self -> mconfigure ('selected', 0);
+ });
+
+ $self -> propagate ($st, 'PRESSED');
+
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/src/MTools/Widget/MRadioGroup.pm b/src/MTools/Widget/MRadioGroup.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13a38d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Widget/MRadioGroup.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+package MTools::Widget::MRadioGroup;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MObjet;
+use vars qw / @ISA /;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MObjet/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, @buttons) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MObjet ();
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordEvent ('BUTTON_SELECTED');
+ $self -> {buttons} = ();
+
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @buttons; $i ++)
+ {
+ $self -> addButton ($buttons [$i]);
+ }
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub addButton {
+ my ($self, $button) = @_;
+ push (@{$self -> {buttons}}, $button);
+ $button -> binding ('PRESSED', sub {
+ my @buttons = @{$self -> {buttons}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @buttons; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ($buttons [$i] != $button)
+ {
+ $buttons [$i] -> notify ('RELEASE');
+ }
+ }
+ $self -> notify ('BUTTON_SELECTED', $button);
+ });
+}
+
+sub getSelected {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ my @buttons = @{$self -> {buttons}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @buttons; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ($buttons [$i] -> mget ('selected'))
+ {
+ return $buttons [$i];
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub setSelected {
+ my ($self, $button) = @_;
+ my @buttons = @{$self -> {buttons}};
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @buttons; $i ++)
+ {
+ if ($buttons [$i] == $button)
+ {
+ $buttons [$i] -> notify ('PRESS');
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Widget/MSplitPane.pm b/src/MTools/Widget/MSplitPane.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd593bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Widget/MSplitPane.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+package MTools::Widget::MSplitPane;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+
+use MTools;
+use MTools::SVG::SVGLoader;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+use MTools::MGroup;
+use MTools::Widget::MBouton;
+use MTools::Comp::MMover;
+use MTools::Anim::MTranslator;
+use MTools::GUI::MClip;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, $parent, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($parent);
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ $self -> recordProperty ('percentage', 0.00001);
+ my $size = $options {size};
+ $self -> recordProperty ('size', $size);
+
+ $self -> {__firstgp} = my $gp_first = $options {first_group};
+ $self -> {__secondgp} = my $gp_second = $options {second_group};
+ my $orientation = $options {orientation}? $options {orientation}:'vertical';
+ $self -> {__vertical} = my $vertical = $orientation eq 'vertical';
+ $self -> {__cursor_size} = $options {cursor_size}? $options {cursor_size}:'10';
+
+ if ($vertical)
+ {
+ new MTools::GUI::MClip ($gp_first, ['rectangle', -2, -1000, $size, 1000]);
+ new MTools::GUI::MClip ($gp_second, ['rectangle', -2, -1000, $size, 1000]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new MTools::GUI::MClip ($gp_first, ['rectangle', -1000, -2, 1000, $size]);
+ new MTools::GUI::MClip ($gp_second, ['rectangle',-1000, -2, 1000, $size]);
+ }
+
+ $self -> {__curseur} = new MTools::MSwitch (
+ $self,
+ on => [$options {cursor_on}],
+ off => [$options {cursor_off}],
+ );
+
+ $self -> {__mover} = my $mover = new MTools::Comp::MMover($self -> {__curseur}, $self, 1,
+ x_min => 0,
+ y_min => 0,
+ x_max => $vertical ? $options {size} : 0,
+ y_max => !$vertical ? $options {size} : 0,
+ );
+
+ $self -> propagate ($mover, 'MOVED');
+
+ if ($options {with_buttons})
+ {
+ my $bouton_open = new MTools::Widget::MBouton (
+ parent => $self,
+ g_on => $options {button_open_on},
+ g_off => $options {button_open_off},
+ e_press => 'PRESS',
+ e_release => 'OPEN',
+ );
+ my $bouton_close = new MTools::Widget::MBouton (
+ parent => $self,
+ g_on => $options {button_close_on},
+ g_off => $options {button_close_off},
+ e_press => 'PRESS',
+ e_release => 'CLOSE',
+ );
+ $self -> {__boutons} = new MTools::MSwitch (
+ $self,
+ open => $bouton_open,
+ close => $bouton_close,
+ );
+ $self -> {__boutons} -> mconfigure ('state' => 'open');
+ $self -> {__anim_open} = new MTools::Anim::MTranslator (
+ from_x => 0,
+ from_y => 0,
+ to_x => $vertical * $options {size},
+ to_y => (!$vertical) * $options {size},
+ targets => $mover,
+ duration => 0.5,
+ );
+ $bouton_open -> binding ('OPEN', [$self, \&opening]);
+ $bouton_close -> binding ('CLOSE', [$self, \&closing]);
+ }
+
+ $gp_first -> scale ( $vertical? 0.00001:1, !$vertical? 0.00001:1);
+ $self -> {__old_val} = 0;
+ $gp_second -> translate ($vertical * $self -> {__cursor_size}, (!$vertical) * $self -> {__cursor_size});
+
+ $mover -> binding ('MOVED', [$self, \&moved]);
+
+ new MTools::MState (
+ current_state => 'on',
+ events => {
+ press => [$mover, 'PRESSED'],
+ release => [$mover, 'RELEASED'],
+ },
+ transitions => {
+ on => {
+ press => {
+ to => 'off',
+ },
+ },
+ off => {
+ release => {
+ to => 'on',
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ switchs => [$self -> {__curseur}],
+ );
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+sub moved {
+ my ($self, $x, $y) = @_;
+
+ my $gp_first = $self -> {__firstgp};
+ my $gp_second = $self -> {__secondgp};
+
+ my $vertical = $self -> {__vertical};
+ my $val = $vertical ? $x : $y;
+
+ my $size = $self -> mget ('size');
+ my $oldperc = $self -> mget ('percentage');
+ my $perc = $val / $size;
+ my $operc = 1 - $perc;
+ my $oldoperc = 1 - $oldperc;
+ if ($perc < 0.00001)
+ {
+ $perc = 0.00001;
+ }
+ if ($operc < 0.00001)
+ {
+ $operc = 0.00001;
+ }
+ if ($oldoperc < 0.00001)
+ {
+ $oldoperc = 0.00001;
+ }
+
+ $gp_first -> scale ($vertical ? $perc / $oldperc : 1, !$vertical ? $perc / $oldperc : 1);
+ my $trans = $val - $self -> {__old_val};
+ $gp_second -> translate ($vertical * $trans, (!$vertical) * $trans);
+ my $pos = $val + $self -> {__cursor_size};
+ $gp_second -> scale ($vertical ? $operc / $oldoperc : 1, !$vertical ? $operc / $oldoperc : 1, $vertical * $pos, (!$vertical) * $pos);
+
+ $self -> mconfigure ('percentage', $perc);
+ $self -> {__old_val} = $val;
+ if ($val > $size / 2)
+ {
+ $self -> {__boutons} -> mconfigure ('state' => 'close');
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {__boutons} -> mconfigure ('state' => 'open');
+ }
+}
+
+sub opening {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__vertical})
+ {
+ $self -> {__anim_open} -> mconfigure (
+ from_x => $self -> {__old_val},
+ to_x => $self -> mget ('size'),
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {__anim_open} -> mconfigure (
+ from_y => $self -> {__old_val},
+ to_y => $self -> mget ('size'),
+ );
+ }
+ $self -> {__anim_open} -> start ();
+}
+
+sub closing {
+ my ($self) = @_;
+ if ($self -> {__vertical})
+ {
+ $self -> {__anim_open} -> mconfigure (
+ from_x => $self -> {__old_val},
+ to_x => 0,
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $self -> {__anim_open} -> mconfigure (
+ from_y => $self -> {__old_val},
+ to_y => 0,
+ );
+ }
+ $self -> {__anim_open} -> start ();
+}
+1;
diff --git a/src/MTools/Widget/MToggleBouton.pm b/src/MTools/Widget/MToggleBouton.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56c976c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/Widget/MToggleBouton.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+package MTools::Widget::MToggleBouton;
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use MTools;
+use MTools::MGroup;
+use MTools::MSwitch;
+use MTools::MState;
+
+use vars qw /@ISA/;
+
+BEGIN
+{
+ @ISA = qw /MTools::MGroup/;
+}
+
+sub new {
+ my ($class, %options) = @_;
+ my $self = new MTools::MGroup ($options {parent});
+
+ bless $self, $class;
+
+ my $on = $options {g_on};
+ my $off = $options {g_off};
+ my $eventOn = $options {e_press};
+ my $eventOff = $options {e_release};
+
+ my $sw = new MTools::MSwitch (
+ $self,
+ on => [$on],
+ off => [$off],
+ );
+ my $st = new MTools::MState (
+ current_state => 'on',
+ events => {
+ press => [$sw, '<Button-1>'],
+ },
+ transitions => {
+ on => {
+ press => {
+ to => 'off',
+ notify => $eventOn,
+ },
+ },
+ off => {
+ press => {
+ to => 'on',
+ notify => $eventOff,
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ switchs => [$sw],
+ );
+
+ $self -> propagate ($st, $eventOn);
+ $self -> propagate ($st, $eventOff);
+
+ return $self;
+}
+
+
+1;
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/MTools/ptkdb.pm b/src/MTools/ptkdb.pm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5962e63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MTools/ptkdb.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,4229 @@
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU LGPL Libray General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA,
+# or refer to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
+#
+##################################################################
+
+package DB ;
+
+##
+## Expedient fix for perl 5.8.0. True DB::DB is further down.
+##
+##
+sub DB {}
+
+use Tk ;
+
+#
+# If you've loaded this file via a browser
+# select "Save As..." from your file menu
+#
+# ptkdb Perl Tk perl Debugger
+#
+# Copyright 1998, Andrew E. Page
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of either:
+#
+# a) the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+# Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) any
+# later version, or
+#
+# b) the "Artistic License" which comes with this Kit.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See either
+# the GNU General Public License or the Artistic License for more details.
+#
+
+
+####################################
+### Sample .Xresources for ptkdb ###
+####################################
+# /*
+# * Perl Tk Debugger XResources.
+# * Note... These resources are subject to change.
+# *
+# * Use 'xfontsel' to select different fonts.
+# *
+# * Append these resource to ~/.Xdefaults | ~/.Xresources
+# * and use xrdb -override ~/.Xdefaults | ~/.Xresources
+# * to activate them.
+# */
+# /* Set Value to se to place scrollbars on the right side of windows
+# CAUTION: extra whitespace at the end of the line is causing
+# failures with Tk800.011.
+# */
+# ptkdb*scrollbars: sw
+#
+# /* controls where the code pane is oriented, down the left side, or across the top */
+# /* values can be set to left, right, top, bottom */
+# ptkdb*codeside: left
+# /*
+# * Background color for the balloon
+# * CAUTION: For certain versions of Tk trailing
+# * characters after the color produces an error
+# */
+# ptkdb.frame2.frame1.rotext.balloon.background: green
+# ptkdb.frame2.frame1.rotext.balloon.font: fixed /* Hot Variable Balloon Font */
+#
+#
+# ptkdb.frame*font: fixed /* Menu Bar */
+# ptkdb.frame.menubutton.font: fixed /* File menu */
+# ptkdb.frame2.frame1.rotext.font: fixed /* Code Pane */
+# ptkdb.notebook.datapage.frame1.hlist.font: fixed /* Expression Notebook Page */
+#
+# ptkdb.notebook.subspage*font: fixed /* Subroutine Notebook Page */
+# ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*entry.font: fixed /* Delete Breakpoint Buttons */
+# ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*button.font: fixed /* Breakpoint Expression Entries */
+# ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*button1.font: fixed /* Breakpoint Expression Entries */
+# ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*checkbutton.font: fixed /* Breakpoint Checkbuttons */
+# ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*label.font: fixed /* Breakpoint "Cond" label */
+#
+# ptkdb.toplevel.frame.textundo.font: fixed /* Eval Expression Entry Window */
+# ptkdb.toplevel.frame1.text.font: fixed /* Eval Expression Results Window */
+# ptkdb.toplevel.button.font: fixed /* "Eval..." Button */
+# ptkdb.toplevel.button1.font: fixed /* "Clear Eval" Button */
+# ptkdb.toplevel.button2.font: fixed /* "Clear Results" Button */
+# ptkdb.toplevel.button3.font: fixed /* "Clear Dismiss" Button */
+#
+#
+# /*
+# * Background color for where the debugger has stopped
+# */
+# ptkdb*stopcolor: blue
+#
+# /*
+# * Background color for set breakpoints
+# */
+# ptkdb*breaktagcolor: red
+#
+# /*
+# * Font for where the debugger has stopped
+# */
+# ptkdb*stopfont: -*-fixed-bold-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+#
+# /*
+# * Background color for the search tag
+# */
+# ptkdb*searchtagcolor: green
+
+use strict ;
+use vars qw($VERSION @dbline %dbline);
+
+#
+# This package is the main_window object
+# for the debugger. We start with the Devel::
+# prefix because we want to install it with
+# the DB:: package that is required to be in a Devel/
+# subdir of a directory in the @INC set.
+#
+package Devel::ptkdb ;
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Devel::ptkdb - Perl debugger using a Tk GUI
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+ ptkdb is a debugger for perl that uses perlTk for a user interface.
+ Features include:
+
+ Hot Variable Inspection
+ Breakpoint Control Panel
+ Expression List
+ Subroutine Tree
+
+
+=begin html
+
+ <body bgcolor=white>
+
+=end html
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+To debug a script using ptkdb invoke perl like this:
+
+ perl -d:ptkdb myscript.pl
+
+=head1 Usage
+
+ perl -d:ptkdb myscript.pl
+
+=head1 Code Pane
+
+=over 4
+
+=item Line Numbers
+
+ Line numbers are presented on the left side of the window. Lines that
+ have lines through them are not breakable. Lines that are plain text
+ are breakable. Clicking on these line numbers will insert a
+ breakpoint on that line and change the line number color to
+ $ENV{'PTKDB_BRKPT_COLOR'} (Defaults to Red). Clicking on the number
+ again will remove the breakpoint. If you disable the breakpoint with
+ the controls on the BrkPt notebook page the color will change to
+ $ENV{'PTKDB_DISABLEDBRKPT_COLOR'}(Defaults to Green).
+
+=item Cursor Motion
+
+If you place the cursor over a variable (i.e. $myVar, @myVar, or
+%myVar) and pause for a second the debugger will evaluate the current
+value of the variable and pop a balloon up with the evaluated
+result. I<This feature is not available with Tk400.>
+
+If Data::Dumper(standard with perl5.00502)is available it will be used
+to format the result. If there is an active selection, the text of
+that selection will be evaluated.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 Notebook Pane
+
+=over 2
+
+=item Exprs
+
+ This is a list of expressions that are evaluated each time the
+ debugger stops. The results of the expresssion are presented
+ heirarchically for expression that result in hashes or lists. Double
+ clicking on such an expression will cause it to collapse; double
+ clicking again will cause the expression to expand. Expressions are
+ entered through B<Enter Expr> entry, or by Alt-E when text is
+ selected in the code pane.
+
+ The B<Quick Expr> entry, will take an expression, evaluate it, and
+ replace the entries contents with the result. The result is also
+ transfered to the 'clipboard' for pasting.
+
+=item Subs
+
+ Displays a list of all the packages invoked with the script
+ heirarchially. At the bottom of the heirarchy are the subroutines
+ within the packages. Double click on a package to expand
+ it. Subroutines are listed by their full package names.
+
+=item BrkPts
+
+ Presents a list of the breakpoints current in use. The pushbutton
+ allows a breakpoint to be 'disabled' without removing it. Expressions
+ can be applied to the breakpoint. If the expression evaluates to be
+ 'true'(results in a defined value that is not 0) the debugger will
+ stop the script. Pressing the 'Goto' button will set the text pane
+ to that file and line where the breakpoint is set. Pressing the
+ 'Delete' button will delete the breakpoint.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 Menus
+
+=head2 File Menu
+
+=over
+
+=item About...
+
+Presents a dialog box telling you about the version of ptkdb. It
+recovers your OS name, version of perl, version of Tk, and some other
+information
+
+=item Open
+
+Presents a list of files that are part of the invoked perl
+script. Selecting a file from this list will present this file in the
+text window.
+
+=item Save Config...
+
+Requires Data::Dumper. Prompts for a filename to save the
+configuration to. Saves the breakpoints, expressions, eval text and
+window geometry. If the name given as the default is used and the
+script is reinvoked, this configuration will be reloaded
+automatically.
+
+ B<NOTE:> You may find this preferable to using
+
+=item Restore Config...
+
+Requires Data::Dumper. Prompts for a filename to restore a configuration saved with
+the "Save Config..." menu item.
+
+=item Goto Line...
+
+Prompts for a line number. Pressing the "Okay" button sends the window to the line number entered.
+item Find Text...
+
+Prompts for text to search for. Options include forward search,
+backwards search, and regular expression searching.
+
+=item Quit
+
+ Causes the debugger and the target script to exit.
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Control Menu
+
+=over
+
+=item Run
+
+The debugger allows the script to run to the next breakpoint or until the script exits.
+item Run To Here
+
+Runs the debugger until it comes to wherever the insertion cursor
+in text window is placed.
+
+=item Set Breakpoint
+
+Sets a breakpoint on the line at the insertion cursor.
+item Clear Breakpoint
+
+Remove a breakpoint on the at the insertion cursor.
+
+=item Clear All Breakpoints
+
+Removes all current breakpoints
+
+=item Step Over
+
+Causes the debugger to step over the next line. If the line is a
+subroutine call it steps over the call, stopping when the subroutine
+returns.
+
+=item Step In
+
+Causes the debugger to step into the next line. If the line is a
+subroutine call it steps into the subroutine, stopping at the first
+executable line within the subroutine.
+
+=item Return
+
+Runs the script until it returns from the currently executing
+subroutine.
+
+=item Restart
+
+Saves the breakpoints and expressions in a temporary file and restarts
+the script from the beginning. CAUTION: This feature will not work
+properly with debugging of CGI Scripts.
+
+=item Stop On Warning
+
+When C<-w> is enabled the debugger will stop when warnings such as, "Use
+of uninitialized value at undef_warn.pl line N" are encountered. The debugger
+will stop on the NEXT line of execution since the error can't be detected
+until the current line has executed.
+
+This feature can be turned on at startup by adding:
+
+$DB::ptkdb::stop_on_warning = 1 ;
+
+to a .ptkdbrc file
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Data Menu
+
+=over
+
+=item Enter Expression
+
+When an expression is entered in the "Enter Expression:" text box,
+selecting this item will enter the expression into the expression
+list. Each time the debugger stops this expression will be evaluated
+and its result updated in the list window.
+
+=item Delete Expression
+
+ Deletes the highlighted expression in the expression window.
+
+=item Delete All Expressions
+
+ Delete all expressions in the expression window.
+
+=item Expression Eval Window
+
+Pops up a two pane window. Expressions of virtually unlimitted length
+can be entered in the top pane. Pressing the 'Eval' button will cause
+the expression to be evaluated and its placed in the lower pane. If
+Data::Dumper is available it will be used to format the resulting
+text. Undo is enabled for the text in the upper pane.
+
+HINT: You can enter multiple expressions by separating them with commas.
+
+=item Use Data::Dumper for Eval Window
+
+Enables or disables the use of Data::Dumper for formatting the results
+of expressions in the Eval window.
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Stack Menu
+
+Maintains a list of the current subroutine stack each time the
+debugger stops. Selecting an item from this menu will set the text in
+the code window to that particular subourtine entry point.
+
+=head2 Bookmarks Menu
+
+Maintains a list of bookmarks. The booksmarks are saved in ~/.ptkdb_bookmarks
+
+=over
+
+=item Add Bookmark
+
+Adds a bookmark to the bookmark list.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 Options
+
+Here is a list of the current active XResources options. Several of
+these can be overridden with environmental variables. Resources can be
+added to .Xresources or .Xdefaults depending on your X configuration.
+To enable these resources you must either restart your X server or use
+the xrdb -override resFile command. xfontsel can be used to select
+fonts.
+
+ /*
+ * Perl Tk Debugger XResources.
+ * Note... These resources are subject to change.
+ *
+ * Use 'xfontsel' to select different fonts.
+ *
+ * Append these resource to ~/.Xdefaults | ~/.Xresources
+ * and use xrdb -override ~/.Xdefaults | ~/.Xresources
+ * to activate them.
+ */
+ /* Set Value to se to place scrollbars on the right side of windows
+ CAUTION: extra whitespace at the end of the line is causing
+ failures with Tk800.011.
+
+ sw -> puts scrollbars on left, se puts scrollars on the right
+
+ */
+ ptkdb*scrollbars: sw
+ /* controls where the code pane is oriented, down the left side, or across the top */
+ /* values can be set to left, right, top, bottom */
+ ptkdb*codeside: left
+
+ /*
+ * Background color for the balloon
+ * CAUTION: For certain versions of Tk trailing
+ * characters after the color produces an error
+ */
+ ptkdb.frame2.frame1.rotext.balloon.background: green
+ ptkdb.frame2.frame1.rotext.balloon.font: fixed /* Hot Variable Balloon Font */
+
+
+ ptkdb.frame*font: fixed /* Menu Bar */
+ ptkdb.frame.menubutton.font: fixed /* File menu */
+ ptkdb.frame2.frame1.rotext.font: fixed /* Code Pane */
+ ptkdb.notebook.datapage.frame1.hlist.font: fixed /* Expression Notebook Page */
+
+ ptkdb.notebook.subspage*font: fixed /* Subroutine Notebook Page */
+ ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*entry.font: fixed /* Delete Breakpoint Buttons */
+ ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*button.font: fixed /* Breakpoint Expression Entries */
+ ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*button1.font: fixed /* Breakpoint Expression Entries */
+ ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*checkbutton.font: fixed /* Breakpoint Checkbuttons */
+ ptkdb.notebook.brkptspage*label.font: fixed /* Breakpoint Checkbuttons */
+
+ ptkdb.toplevel.frame.textundo.font: fixed /* Eval Expression Entry Window */
+ ptkdb.toplevel.frame1.text.font: fixed /* Eval Expression Results Window */
+ ptkdb.toplevel.button.font: fixed /* "Eval..." Button */
+ ptkdb.toplevel.button1.font: fixed /* "Clear Eval" Button */
+ ptkdb.toplevel.button2.font: fixed /* "Clear Results" Button */
+ ptkdb.toplevel.button3.font: fixed /* "Clear Dismiss" Button */
+
+ /*
+ * Background color for where the debugger has stopped
+ */
+ ptkdb*stopcolor: blue
+
+ /*
+ * Background color for set breakpoints
+ */
+ ptkdb*breaktagcolor*background: yellow
+ ptkdb*disabledbreaktagcolor*background: white
+ /*
+ * Font for where the debugger has stopped
+ */
+ ptkdb*stopfont: -*-fixed-bold-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+
+ /*
+ * Background color for the search tag
+ */
+ ptkdb*searchtagcolor: green
+
+=head1 Environmental Variables
+
+=over 4
+
+=item PTKDB_BRKPT_COLOR
+
+Sets the background color of a set breakpoint
+
+=item PTKDB_DISABLEDBRKPT_COLOR
+
+Sets the background color of a disabled breakpoint
+
+=item PTKDB_CODE_FONT
+
+Sets the font of the Text in the code pane.
+
+=item PTKDB_CODE_SIDE
+
+Sets which side the code pane is packed onto. Defaults to 'left'.
+Can be set to 'left', 'right', 'top', 'bottom'.
+
+Overrides the Xresource ptkdb*codeside: I<side>.
+
+=item PTKDB_EXPRESSION_FONT
+
+ Sets the font used in the expression notebook page.
+
+=item PTKDB_EVAL_FONT
+
+ Sets the font used in the Expression Eval Window
+
+=item PTKDB_EVAL_DUMP_INDENT
+
+ Sets the value used for Data::Dumper 'indent' setting. See man Data::Dumper
+
+=item PTKDB_SCROLLBARS_ONRIGHT
+
+ A non-zero value Sets the scrollbars of all windows to be on the
+ right side of the window. Useful for Windows users using ptkdb in an
+ XWindows environment.
+
+=item PTKDB_LINENUMBER_FORMAT
+
+Sets the format of line numbers on the left side of the window. Default value is %05d. useful
+if you have a script that contains more than 99999 lines.
+
+=item PTKDB_DISPLAY
+
+Sets the X display that the ptkdb window will appear on when invoked. Useful for debugging CGI
+scripts on remote systems.
+
+=item PTKDB_BOOKMARKS_PATH
+
+Sets the path of the bookmarks file. Default is $ENV{'HOME'}/.ptkdb_bookmarks
+
+=item PTKDB_STOP_TAG_COLOR
+
+Sets the color that highlights the line where the debugger is stopped
+
+=back
+
+=head1 FILES
+
+=head2 .ptkdbrc
+
+If this file is present in ~/ or in the directory where perl is
+invoked the file will be read and executed as a perl script before the
+debugger makes its initial stop at startup. There are several 'api'
+calls that can be used with such scripts. There is an internal
+variable $DB::no_stop_at_start that may be set to non-zero to prevent
+the debugger from stopping at the first line of the script. This is
+useful for debugging CGI scripts.
+
+There is a system ptkdbrc file in $PREFIX/lib/perl5/$VERS/Devel/ptkdbrc
+
+=over 4
+
+=item brkpt($fname, @lines)
+
+Sets breakspoints on the list of lines in $fname. A warning message
+is generated if a line is not breakable.
+
+=item condbrkpt($fname, @($line, $expr) )
+
+Sets conditional breakpoints in $fname on pairs of $line and $expr. A
+warning message is generated if a line is not breakable. NOTE: the
+validity of the expression will not be determined until execution of
+that particular line.
+
+=item brkonsub(@names)
+
+Sets a breakpoint on each subroutine name listed. A warning message is
+generated if a subroutine does not exist. NOTE: for a script with no
+other packages the default package is "main::" and the subroutines
+would be "main::mySubs".
+
+=item brkonsub_regex(@regExprs)
+
+Uses the list of @regExprs as a list of regular expressions to set breakpoints. Sets breakpoints
+on every subroutine that matches any of the listed regular expressions.
+
+=item textTagConfigure(tag, ?option?, ?value?)
+
+Allows the user to format the text in the code window. The option
+value pairs are the same values as the option for the tagConfigure
+method documented in Tk::Text. Currently the following tags are in
+effect:
+
+
+ 'code' Format for code in the text pane
+ 'stoppt' Format applied to the line where the debugger is currently stopped
+ 'breakableLine' Format applied to line numbers where the code is 'breakable'
+ 'nonbreakableLine' Format applied to line numbers where the code is no breakable
+ 'breaksetLine' Format applied to line numbers were a breakpoint is set
+ 'breakdisabledLine' Format applied to line numbers were a disabled breakpoint is set
+ 'search_tag' Format applied to text when located by a search.
+
+ Example:
+
+ #
+ # Turns off the overstrike on lines that you can't set a breakpoint on
+ # and makes the text color yellow.
+ #
+ textTagConfigure('nonbreakableLine', -overstrike => 0, -foreground => "yellow") ;
+
+=item add_exprs(@exprList)
+
+Add a list of expressions to the 'Exprs' window. NOTE: use the single
+quote character \' to prevent the expression from being "evaluated" in
+the string context.
+
+
+ Example:
+
+ #
+ # Adds the $_ and @_ expressions to the active list
+ #
+
+ add_exprs('$_', '@_') ;
+
+=back
+
+=head1 NOTES
+
+=head2 Debugging Other perlTk Applications
+
+ptkdb can be used to debug other perlTk applications if some cautions
+are observed. Basically, do not click the mouse in the application's
+window(s) when you've entered the debugger and do not click in the
+debugger's window(s) while the application is running. Doing either
+one is not necessarily fatal, but it can confuse things that are going
+on and produce unexpected results.
+
+Be aware that most perlTk applications have a central event loop.
+User actions, such as mouse clicks, key presses, window exposures, etc
+will generate 'events' that the script will process. When a perlTk
+application is running, its 'MainLoop' call will accept these events
+and then dispatch them to appropriate callbacks associated with the
+appropriate widgets.
+
+Ptkdb has its own event loop that runs whenever you've stopped at a
+breakpoint and entered the debugger. However, it can accept events
+that are generated by other perlTk windows and dispatch their
+callbacks. The problem here is that the application is supposed to be
+'stopped', and logically the application should not be able to process
+events.
+
+A future version of ptkdb will have an extension that will 'filter'
+events so that application events are not processed while the debugger
+is active, and debugger events will not be processed while the target
+script is active.
+
+=head2 Debugging CGI Scripts
+
+One advantage of ptkdb over the builtin debugger(-d) is that it can be
+used to debug CGI perl scripts as they run on a web server. Be sure
+that that your web server's perl instalation includes Tk.
+
+Change your
+
+ #! /usr/local/bin/perl
+
+to
+
+ #! /usr/local/bin/perl -d:ptkdb
+
+TIP: You can debug scripts remotely if you're using a unix based
+Xserver and where you are authoring the script has an Xserver. The
+Xserver can be another unix workstation, a Macintosh or Win32 platform
+with an appropriate XWindows package. In your script insert the
+following BEGIN subroutine:
+
+ sub BEGIN {
+ $ENV{'DISPLAY'} = "myHostname:0.0" ;
+ }
+
+Be sure that your web server has permission to open windows on your
+Xserver (see the xhost manpage).
+
+Access your web page with your browswer and 'submit' the script as
+normal. The ptkdb window should appear on myHostname's monitor. At
+this point you can start debugging your script. Be aware that your
+browser may timeout waiting for the script to run.
+
+To expedite debugging you may want to setup your breakpoints in
+advance with a .ptkdbrc file and use the $DB::no_stop_at_start
+variable. NOTE: for debugging web scripts you may have to have the
+.ptkdbrc file installed in the server account's home directory (~www)
+or whatever username your webserver is running under. Also try
+installing a .ptkdbrc file in the same directory as the target script.
+
+=head1 KNOWN PROBLEMS
+
+=over
+
+=item I<Breakpoint Controls>
+
+If the size of the right hand pane is too small the breakpoint controls
+are not visible. The breakpoints are still there, the window may have
+to be enlarged in order for them to be visible.
+
+=item Balloons and Tk400
+
+The Balloons in Tk400 will not work with ptkdb. All other functions
+are supported, but the Balloons require Tk800 or higher.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Andrew E. Page, aep@world.std.com
+
+=head1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
+
+Matthew Persico For suggestions, and beta testing.
+
+=cut
+
+
+require 5.004 ;
+
+
+##
+## Perform a check to see if we have the Tk library, if not, attempt
+## to load it for the user
+##
+
+sub BEGIN {
+
+eval {
+require Tk ;
+} ;
+if( $@ ) {
+print << "__PTKDBTK_INSTALL__" ;
+***
+*** The PerlTk library could not be found. Ptkdb requires the PerlTk library.
+***
+Preferably Tk800.015 or better:
+
+In order to install this the following conditions must be met:
+
+1. You have to have access to a C compiler.
+2. You must have sufficient permissions to install the libraries on your system.
+
+To install PerlTk:
+
+a Download the Tk library source from http://www.perl.com/CPAN/modules/by-category/08_User_Interfaces/Tk
+b Uncompress the archive and run "perl Makefile.PL"
+c run "make install"
+
+ If this process completes successfully ptkdb should be operational now.
+
+We can attempt to run the CPAN module for you. This will, after some questions, download
+and install the Tk library automatically.
+
+Would you like to run the CPAN module? (y/n)
+__PTKDBTK_INSTALL__
+
+my $answer = <STDIN> ;
+chomp $answer ;
+if( $answer =~ /y|yes/i) {
+ require CPAN ;
+ CPAN::install Tk ;
+} # if
+
+} # if $@
+
+
+} # end of sub BEGIN
+
+use Tk 800 ;
+use Data::Dumper ;
+
+require Tk::Dialog;
+require Tk::TextUndo ;
+require Tk::ROText;
+require Tk::NoteBook ;
+require Tk::HList ;
+require Tk::Table ;
+
+use vars qw(@dbline) ;
+
+use Config ;
+#
+# Check to see if the package actually
+# exists. If it does import the routines
+# and return a true value ;
+#
+# NOTE: this needs to be above the 'BEGIN' subroutine,
+# otherwise it will not have been compiled by the time
+# that it is called by sub BEGIN.
+#
+sub check_avail {
+ my ($mod, @list) = @_ ;
+
+ eval {
+ require $mod ; import $mod @list ;
+ } ;
+
+ return 0 if $@ ;
+ return 1 ;
+
+} # end of check_avail
+
+sub BEGIN {
+
+ $DB::on = 0 ;
+
+ $DB::subroutine_depth = 0 ; # our subroutine depth counter
+ $DB::step_over_depth = -1 ;
+
+ #
+ # the bindings and font specs for these operations have been placed here
+ # to make them accessible to people who might want to customize the
+ # operations. REF The 'bind.html' file, included in the perlTk FAQ has
+ # a fairly good explanation of the binding syntax.
+ #
+
+ #
+ # These lists of key bindings will be applied
+ # to the "Step In", "Step Out", "Return" Commands
+ #
+ $Devel::ptkdb::pathSep = '\x00' ;
+ $Devel::ptkdb::pathSepReplacement = "\0x01" ;
+
+ @Devel::ptkdb::step_in_keys = ( '<Shift-F9>', '<Alt-s>', '<Button-3>' ) ; # step into a subroutine
+ @Devel::ptkdb::step_over_keys = ( '<F9>', '<Alt-n>', '<Shift-Button-3>' ) ; # step over a subroutine
+ @Devel::ptkdb::return_keys = ( '<Alt-u>', '<Control-Button-3>' ) ; # return from a subroutine
+ @Devel::ptkdb::toggle_breakpt_keys = ( '<Alt-b>' ) ; # set or unset a breakpoint
+
+ # Fonts used in the displays
+
+ #
+ # NOTE: The environmental variable syntax here works like this:
+ # $ENV{'NAME'} accesses the environmental variable "NAME"
+ #
+ # $ENV{'NAME'} || 'string' results in $ENV{'NAME'} or 'string' if $ENV{'NAME'} is not defined.
+ #
+ #
+
+ @Devel::ptkdb::button_font = $ENV{'PTKDB_BUTTON_FONT'} ? ( "-font" => $ENV{'PTKDB_CODE_FONT'} ) : () ; # font for buttons
+ @Devel::ptkdb::code_text_font = $ENV{'PTKDB_CODE_FONT'} ? ( "-font" => $ENV{'PTKDB_CODE_FONT'} ) : () ;
+
+ @Devel::ptkdb::expression_text_font = $ENV{'PTKDB_EXPRESSION_FONT'} ? ( "-font" => $ENV{'PTKDB_EXPRESSION_FONT'} ) : () ;
+ @Devel::ptkdb::eval_text_font = $ENV{'PTKDB_EVAL_FONT'} ? ( -font => $ENV{'PTKDB_EVAL_FONT'} ) : () ; # text for the expression eval window
+
+ $Devel::ptkdb::eval_dump_indent = $ENV{'PTKDB_EVAL_DUMP_INDENT'} || 1 ;
+
+ #
+ # Windows users are more used to having scroll bars on the right.
+ # If they've set PTKDB_SCROLLBARS_ONRIGHT to a non-zero value
+ # this will configure our scrolled windows with scrollbars on the right
+ #
+ # this can also be done by setting:
+ #
+ # ptkdb*scrollbars: se
+ #
+ # in the .Xdefaults/.Xresources file on X based systems
+ #
+ if( exists $ENV{'PTKDB_SCROLLBARS_ONRIGHT'} && $ENV{'PTKDB_SCROLLBARS_ONRIGHT'} ) {
+ @Devel::ptkdb::scrollbar_cfg = ('-scrollbars' => 'se') ;
+ }
+ else {
+ @Devel::ptkdb::scrollbar_cfg = ( ) ;
+ }
+
+ #
+ # Controls how far an expression result will be 'decomposed'. Setting it
+ # to 0 will take it down only one level, setting it to -1 will make it
+ # decompose it all the way down. However, if you have a situation where
+ # an element is a ref back to the array or a root of the array
+ # you could hang the debugger by making it recursively evaluate an expression
+ #
+ $Devel::ptkdb::expr_depth = -1 ;
+ $Devel::ptkdb::add_expr_depth = 1 ; # how much further to expand an expression when clicked
+
+ $Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_format = $ENV{'PTKDB_LINENUMBER_FORMAT'} || "%05d " ;
+ $Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length = 5 ;
+
+ $Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_offset = length sprintf($Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_format, 0) ;
+ $Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_offset -= 1 ;
+
+ #
+ # Check to see if "Data Dumper" is available
+ # if it is we can save breakpoints and other
+ # various "functions". This call will also
+ # load the subroutines needed.
+ #
+ $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable = 1 ; # assuming that it is now
+ $Devel::ptkdb::useDataDumperForEval = $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable ;
+
+ #
+ # DB Options (things not directly involving the window)
+ #
+
+ # Flag to disable us from intercepting $SIG{'INT'}
+
+ $DB::sigint_disable = defined $ENV{'PTKDB_SIGINT_DISABLE'} && $ENV{'PTKDB_SIGINT_DISABLE'} ;
+#
+# Possibly for debugging perl CGI Web scripts on
+# remote machines.
+#
+ $ENV{'DISPLAY'} = $ENV{'PTKDB_DISPLAY'} if exists $ENV{'PTKDB_DISPLAY'} ;
+
+ } # end of BEGIN
+
+sub DESTROY {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+
+ $self->save_bookmarks($self->{BookMarksPath}) if $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable && $self->{'bookmarks_changed'};
+
+
+} # end of ptkdb::DESTROY
+
+##
+## subroutine provided to the user for initializing
+## files in .ptkdbrc
+##
+sub brkpt {
+ my ($fName, @idx) = @_ ;
+ my($offset) ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fName} ;
+
+ $offset = $dbline[1] =~ /use\s+.*Devel::_?ptkdb/ ? 1 : 0 ;
+
+ for( @idx ) {
+ if( !&DB::checkdbline($fName, $_ + $offset) ) {
+ my ($package, $filename, $line) = caller ;
+ print "$filename:$line: $fName line $_ is not breakable\n" ;
+ next ;
+ }
+ $DB::window->insertBreakpoint($fName, $_, 1) ; # insert a simple breakpoint
+ }
+} # end of brkpt
+
+#
+# Set conditional breakpoint(s)
+#
+sub condbrkpt {
+ my ($fname) = shift ;
+ my($offset) ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+
+ $offset = $dbline[1] =~ /use\s+.*Devel::_?ptkdb/ ? 1 : 0 ;
+
+ while( @_ ) { # arg loop
+ my($index, $expr) = splice @_, 0, 2 ; # take args 2 at a time
+
+ if( !&DB::checkdbline($fname, $index + $offset) ) {
+ my ($package, $filename, $line) = caller ;
+ print "$filename:$line: $fname line $index is not breakable\n" ;
+ next ;
+ }
+ $DB::window->insertBreakpoint($fname, $index, 1, $expr) ; # insert a simple breakpoint
+ } # end of arg loop
+
+} # end of conditionalbrkpt
+
+sub brkonsub {
+ my(@names) = @_ ;
+
+ for( @names ) {
+
+ # get the filename and line number range of the target subroutine
+
+ if( !exists $DB::sub{$_} ) {
+ print "No subroutine $_. Try main::$_\n" ;
+ next ;
+ }
+
+ $DB::sub{$_} =~ /(.*):([0-9]+)-([0-9]+)$/o ; # file name will be in $1, start line $2, end line $3
+
+ for( $2..$3 ) {
+ next unless &DB::checkdbline($1, $_) ;
+ $DB::window->insertBreakpoint($1, $_, 1) ;
+ last ; # only need the one breakpoint
+ }
+ } # end of name loop
+
+} # end of brkonsub
+
+#
+# set breakpoints on subroutines matching a regular
+# expression
+#
+sub brkonsub_regex {
+ my(@regexps) = @_ ;
+ my($regexp, @subList) ;
+
+ #
+ # accumulate matching subroutines
+ #
+ foreach $regexp ( @regexps ) {
+ study $regexp ;
+ push @subList, grep /$regexp/, keys %DB::sub ;
+ } # end of brkonsub_regex
+
+ brkonsub(@subList) ; # set breakpoints on matching subroutines
+
+} # end of brkonsub_regex
+
+#
+# Allow the user Access to our tag configurations
+#
+sub textTagConfigure {
+ my ($tag, @config) = @_ ;
+
+ $DB::window->{'text'}->tagConfigure($tag, @config) ;
+
+} # end of textTagConfigure
+
+##
+## Change the tabs in the text field
+##
+sub setTabs {
+
+ $DB::window->{'text'}->configure(-tabs => [ @_ ]) ;
+
+}
+
+#
+# User .ptkdbrc API
+# allows the user to add expressions to
+# the expression list window.
+#
+sub add_exprs {
+ push @{$DB::window->{'expr_list'}}, map { 'expr' => $_, 'depth' => $Devel::ptkdb::expr_depth }, @_ ;
+} # end of add_exprs
+
+
+##
+## register a subroutine reference that will be called whenever
+## ptkdb sets up it's windows
+##
+sub register_user_window_init {
+ push @{$DB::window->{'user_window_init_list'}}, @_ ;
+} # end of register_user_window_init
+
+##
+## register a subroutine reference that will be called whenever
+## ptkdb enters from code
+##
+sub register_user_DB_entry {
+ push @{$DB::window->{'user_window_DB_entry_list'}}, @_ ;
+} # end of register_user_DB_entry
+
+sub get_notebook_widget {
+ return $DB::window->{'notebook'} ;
+} # end of get_notebook_widget
+
+
+#
+# Run files provided by the user
+#
+sub do_user_init_files {
+ use vars qw($dbg_window) ;
+ local $dbg_window = shift ;
+
+ eval {
+ do "$Config{'installprivlib'}/Devel/ptkdbrc" ;
+ } if -e "$Config{'installprivlib'}/Devel/ptkdbrc" ;
+
+ if( $@ ) {
+ print "System init file $Config{'installprivlib'}/ptkdbrc failed: $@\n" ;
+ }
+
+ eval {
+ do "$ENV{'HOME'}/.ptkdbrc" ;
+ } if exists $ENV{'HOME'} && -e "$ENV{'HOME'}/.ptkdbrc" ;
+
+ if( $@ ) {
+ print "User init file $ENV{'HOME'}/.ptkdbrc failed: $@\n" ;
+ }
+
+ eval {
+ do ".ptkdbrc" ;
+ } if -e ".ptkdbrc" ;
+
+ if( $@ ) {
+ print "User init file .ptkdbrc failed: $@\n" ;
+ }
+
+ &set_stop_on_warning() ;
+}
+
+#
+# Constructor for our Devel::ptkdb
+#
+sub new {
+ my($type) = @_ ;
+ my($self) = {} ;
+
+ bless $self, $type ;
+
+ # Current position of the executing program
+
+ $self->{DisableOnLeave} = [] ; # List o' Widgets to disable when leaving the debugger
+
+ $self->{current_file} = "" ;
+ $self->{current_line} = -1 ; # initial value indicating we haven't set our line/tag
+ $self->{window_pos_offset} = 10 ; # when we enter how far from the top of the text are we positioned down
+ $self->{search_start} = "0.0" ;
+ $self->{fwdOrBack} = 1 ;
+ $self->{BookMarksPath} = $ENV{'PTKDB_BOOKMARKS_PATH'} || "$ENV{'HOME'}/.ptkdb_bookmarks" || '.ptkdb_bookmarks' ;
+
+ $self->{'expr_list'} = [] ; # list of expressions to eval in our window fields: {'expr'} The expr itself {'depth'} expansion depth
+
+
+ $self->{'brkPtCnt'} = 0 ;
+ $self->{'brkPtSlots'} = [] ; # open slots for adding breakpoints to the table
+
+ $self->{'main_window'} = undef ;
+
+ $self->{'user_window_init_list'} = [] ;
+ $self->{'user_window_DB_entry_list'} = [] ;
+
+ $self->setup_main_window() ;
+
+ return $self ;
+
+} # end of new
+
+sub setup_main_window {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+ # Main Window
+
+ $self->{main_window} = MainWindow->new() ;
+ $self->{main_window}->geometry($ENV{'PTKDB_GEOMETRY'} || "800x600") ;
+
+ $self->setup_options() ; # must be done after MainWindow and before other frames are setup
+
+ $self->{main_window}->bind('<Control-c>', \&DB::dbint_handler) ;
+
+ #
+ # Bind our 'quit' routine to a close command from the window manager (Alt-F4)
+ #
+ $self->{main_window}->protocol('WM_DELETE_WINDOW', sub { $self->close_ptkdb_window() ; } ) ;
+
+ # Menu bar
+
+ $self->setup_menu_bar() ;
+
+ #
+ # setup Frames
+ #
+ # Setup our Code, Data, and breakpoints
+
+ $self->setup_frames() ;
+
+}
+
+
+#
+# This supports the File -> Open menu item
+# We create a new window and list all of the files
+# that are contained in the program. We also
+# pick up all of the perlTk files that are supporting
+# the debugger.
+#
+sub DoOpen {
+ my $self = shift ;
+ my ($topLevel, $listBox, $frame, $selectedFile, @fList) ;
+
+ #
+ # subroutine we call when we've selected a file
+ #
+
+ my $chooseSub = sub { $selectedFile = $listBox->get('active') ;
+ print "attempting to open $selectedFile\n" ;
+ $DB::window->set_file($selectedFile, 0) ;
+ destroy $topLevel ;
+ } ;
+
+ #
+ # Take the list the files and resort it.
+ # we put all of the local files first, and
+ # then list all of the system libraries.
+ #
+ @fList = sort {
+ # sort comparison function block
+ my $fa = substr($a, 0, 1) ;
+ my $fb = substr($b, 0, 1) ;
+
+ return $a cmp $b if ($fa eq '/') && ($fb eq '/') ;
+
+ return -1 if ($fb eq '/') && ($fa ne '/') ;
+ return 1 if ($fa eq '/' ) && ($fb ne '/') ;
+
+ return $a cmp $b ;
+
+ } grep s/^_<//, keys %main:: ;
+
+ #
+ # Create a list box with all of our files
+ # to select from
+ #
+ $topLevel = $self->{main_window}->Toplevel(-title => "File Select", -overanchor => 'cursor') ;
+
+ $listBox = $topLevel->Scrolled('Listbox',
+ @Devel::ptkdb::scrollbar_cfg,
+ @Devel::ptkdb::expression_text_font,
+ 'width' => 30)->pack(side => 'top', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+
+ # Bind a double click on the mouse button to the same action
+ # as pressing the Okay button
+
+ $listBox->bind('<Double-Button-1>' => $chooseSub) ;
+
+ $listBox->insert('end', @fList) ;
+
+ $topLevel->Button( text => "Okay", -command => $chooseSub, @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ )->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $topLevel->Button( text => "Cancel", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => sub { destroy $topLevel ; } )->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+} # end of DoOpen
+
+sub do_tabs {
+ my($tabs_str) ;
+ my($w, $result, $tabs_cfg) ;
+ require Tk::Dialog ;
+
+ $w = $DB::window->{'main_window'}->DialogBox(-title => "Tabs", -buttons => [qw/Okay Cancel/]) ;
+
+ $tabs_cfg = $DB::window->{'text'}->cget(-tabs) ;
+
+ $tabs_str = join " ", @$tabs_cfg if $tabs_cfg ;
+
+ $w->add('Label', -text => 'Tabs:')->pack(-side => 'left') ;
+
+ $w->add('Entry', -textvariable => \$tabs_str)->pack(-side => 'left')->selectionRange(0,'end') ;
+
+ $result = $w->Show() ;
+
+ return unless $result eq 'Okay' ;
+
+ $DB::window->{'text'}->configure(-tabs => [ split /\s/, $tabs_str ]) ;
+}
+
+sub close_ptkdb_window {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+ $DB::window->{'event'} = 'run' ;
+ $self->{current_file} = "" ; # force a file reset
+ $self->{'main_window'}->destroy ;
+ $self->{'main_window'} = undef ;
+}
+
+sub setup_menu_bar {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my $mw = $self->{main_window} ;
+ my ($mb, $items) ;
+
+ #
+ # We have menu items/features that are not available if the Data::DataDumper module
+ # isn't present. For any feature that requires it we add this option list.
+ #
+ my @dataDumperEnableOpt = ( state => 'disabled' ) unless $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable ;
+
+
+ $self->{menu_bar} = $mw->Frame(-relief => 'raised', -borderwidth => '1')->pack(side => 'top', -fill => 'x') ;
+
+ $mb = $self->{menu_bar} ;
+
+ # file menu in menu bar
+
+ $items = [ [ 'command' => 'About...', -command => sub { $self->DoAbout() ; } ],
+ "-",
+
+ [ 'command' => 'Open', -accelerator => 'Alt+O',
+ -underline => 0,
+ -command => sub { $self->DoOpen() ; } ],
+
+ [ 'command' => 'Save Config...',
+ -underline => 0,
+ -command => \&DB::SaveState,
+ @dataDumperEnableOpt ],
+
+ [ 'command' => 'Restore Config...',
+ -underline => 0,
+ -command => \&DB::RestoreState,
+ @dataDumperEnableOpt ],
+
+ [ 'command' => 'Goto Line...',
+ -underline => 0,
+ -accelerator => 'Alt-g',
+ -command => \&DB::RestoreState,
+ @dataDumperEnableOpt ] ,
+
+ [ 'command' => 'Find Text...',
+ -accelerator => 'Ctrl-f',
+ -underline => 0,
+ -command => sub { $self->FindText() ; } ],
+
+ [ 'command' => "Tabs...", -command => \&do_tabs ],
+
+ "-",
+
+ [ 'command' => 'Close Window and Run', -accelerator => 'Alt+W',
+ -underline => 6, -command => sub { $self->close_ptkdb_window ; } ],
+
+ [ 'command' => 'Quit...', -accelerator => 'Alt+Q',
+ -underline => 0,
+ -command => sub { exit } ]
+ ] ;
+
+
+ $mw->bind('<Alt-g>' => sub { $self->GotoLine() ; }) ;
+ $mw->bind('<Control-f>' => sub { $self->FindText() ; }) ;
+ $mw->bind('<Control-r>' => \&Devel::ptkdb::DoRestart) ;
+ $mw->bind('<Alt-q>' => sub { $self->{'event'} = 'quit' } ) ;
+ $mw->bind('<Alt-w>' => sub { $self->close_ptkdb_window ; }) ;
+
+ $self->{file_menu_button} = $mb->Menubutton(text => 'File',
+ underline => 0,
+ -menuitems => $items
+ )->pack(side =>, 'left',
+ anchor => 'nw',
+ 'padx' => 2) ;
+
+ # Control Menu
+
+ my $runSub = sub { $DB::step_over_depth = -1 ; $self->{'event'} = 'run' } ;
+
+ my $runToSub = sub { $DB::window->{'event'} = 'run' if $DB::window->SetBreakPoint(1) ; } ;
+
+ my $stepOverSub = sub { &DB::SetStepOverBreakPoint(0) ;
+ $DB::single = 1 ;
+ $DB::window->{'event'} = 'step' ;
+ } ;
+
+
+ my $stepInSub = sub {
+ $DB::step_over_depth = -1 ;
+ $DB::single = 1 ;
+ $DB::window->{'event'} = 'step' ; } ;
+
+
+ my $returnSub = sub {
+ &DB::SetStepOverBreakPoint(-1) ;
+ $self->{'event'} = 'run' ;
+ } ;
+
+
+ $items = [ [ 'command' => 'Run', -accelerator => 'Alt+r', underline => 0, -command => $runSub ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Run To Here', -accelerator => 'Alt+t', -underline => 5, -command => $runToSub ],
+ '-',
+ [ 'command' => 'Set Breakpoint', -underline => 4, -command => sub { $self->SetBreakPoint ; }, -accelerator => 'Ctrl-b' ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Clear Breakpoint', -command => sub { $self->UnsetBreakPoint } ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Clear All Breakpoints', -underline => 6, -command => sub {
+ $DB::window->removeAllBreakpoints($DB::window->{current_file}) ;
+ &DB::clearalldblines() ;
+ } ],
+ '-',
+ [ 'command' => 'Step Over', -accelerator => 'Alt+N', -underline => 0, -command => $stepOverSub ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Step In', -accelerator => 'Alt+S', -underline => 5, -command => $stepInSub ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Return', -accelerator => 'Alt+U', -underline => 3, -command => $returnSub ],
+ '-',
+ [ 'command' => 'Restart...', -accelerator => 'Ctrl-r', -underline => 0, -command => \&Devel::ptkdb::DoRestart ],
+ '-',
+ [ 'checkbutton' => 'Stop On Warning', -variable => \$DB::ptkdb::stop_on_warning, -command => \&set_stop_on_warning ]
+
+
+ ] ; # end of control menu items
+
+
+ $self->{control_menu_button} = $mb->Menubutton(text => 'Control',
+ -underline => 0,
+ -menuitems => $items,
+ )->pack(side =>, 'left',
+ 'padx' => 2) ;
+
+
+ $mw->bind('<Alt-r>' => $runSub) ;
+ $mw->bind('<Alt-t>', $runToSub) ;
+ $mw->bind('<Control-b>', sub { $self->SetBreakPoint ; }) ;
+
+ for( @Devel::ptkdb::step_over_keys ) {
+ $mw->bind($_ => $stepOverSub );
+ }
+
+ for( @Devel::ptkdb::step_in_keys ) {
+ $mw->bind($_ => $stepInSub );
+ }
+
+ for( @Devel::ptkdb::return_keys ) {
+ $mw->bind($_ => $returnSub );
+ }
+
+ # Data Menu
+
+ $items = [ [ 'command' => 'Enter Expression', -accelerator => 'Alt+E', -command => sub { $self->EnterExpr() } ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Delete Expression', -accelerator => 'Ctrl+D', -command => sub { $self->deleteExpr() } ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Delete All Expressions', -command => sub {
+ $self->deleteAllExprs() ;
+ $self->{'expr_list'} = [] ; # clears list by dropping ref to it, replacing it with a new one
+ } ],
+ '-',
+ [ 'command' => 'Expression Eval Window...', -accelerator => 'F8', -command => sub { $self->setupEvalWindow() ; } ],
+ [ 'checkbutton' => "Use DataDumper for Eval Window?", -variable => \$Devel::ptkdb::useDataDumperForEval, @dataDumperEnableOpt ]
+ ] ;
+
+
+ $self->{data_menu_button} = $mb->Menubutton(text => 'Data', -menuitems => $items,
+ underline => 0,
+ )->pack(side => 'left',
+ 'padx' => 2) ;
+
+ $mw->bind('<Alt-e>' => sub { $self->EnterExpr() } ) ;
+ $mw->bind('<Control-d>' => sub { $self->deleteExpr() } );
+ $mw->bind('<F8>', sub { $self->setupEvalWindow() ; }) ;
+ #
+ # Stack menu
+ #
+ $self->{stack_menu} = $mb->Menubutton(text => 'Stack',
+ underline => 2,
+ )->pack(side => 'left',
+ 'padx' => 2) ;
+
+ #
+ # Bookmarks menu
+ #
+ $self->{bookmarks_menu} = $mb->Menubutton('text' => 'Bookmarks',
+ underline => 0,
+ @dataDumperEnableOpt
+ )->pack(-side => 'left',
+ 'padx' => 2) ;
+ $self->setup_bookmarks_menu() ;
+
+ #
+ # Windows Menu
+ #
+ my($bsub) = sub { $self->{'text'}->focus() } ;
+ my($csub) = sub { $self->{'quick_entry'}->focus() } ;
+ my($dsub) = sub { $self->{'entry'}->focus() } ;
+
+ $items = [ [ 'command' => 'Code Pane', -accelerator => 'Alt+0', -command => $bsub ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Quick Entry', -accelerator => 'F9', -command => $csub ],
+ [ 'command' => 'Expr Entry', -accelerator => 'F11', -command => $dsub ]
+ ] ;
+
+ $mb->Menubutton('text' => 'Windows', -menuitems => $items
+ )->pack(-side => 'left',
+ -padx => 2) ;
+
+ $mw->bind('<Alt-0>', $bsub) ;
+ $mw->bind('<F9>', $csub) ;
+ $mw->bind('<F11>', $dsub) ;
+
+ #
+ # Bar for some popular controls
+ #
+
+ $self->{button_bar} = $mw->Frame()->pack(side => 'top') ;
+
+ $self->{stepin_button} = $self->{button_bar}->Button(-text, => "Step In", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => $stepInSub) ;
+ $self->{stepin_button}->pack(-side => 'left') ;
+
+ $self->{stepover_button} = $self->{button_bar}->Button(-text, => "Step Over", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => $stepOverSub) ;
+ $self->{stepover_button}->pack(-side => 'left') ;
+
+ $self->{return_button} = $self->{button_bar}->Button(-text, => "Return", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => $returnSub) ;
+ $self->{return_button}->pack(-side => 'left') ;
+
+ $self->{run_button} = $self->{button_bar}->Button(-background => 'green', -text, => "Run", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => $runSub) ;
+ $self->{run_button}->pack(-side => 'left') ;
+
+ $self->{run_to_button} = $self->{button_bar}->Button(-text, => "Run To", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => $runToSub) ;
+ $self->{run_to_button}->pack(-side => 'left') ;
+
+ $self->{breakpt_button} = $self->{button_bar}->Button(-text, => "Break", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => sub { $self->SetBreakPoint ; } ) ;
+ $self->{breakpt_button}->pack(-side => 'left') ;
+
+ push @{$self->{DisableOnLeave}}, @$self{'stepin_button', 'stepover_button', 'return_button', 'run_button', 'run_to_button', 'breakpt_button'} ;
+
+} # end of setup_menu_bar
+
+sub edit_bookmarks {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+
+ my ($top) = $self->{main_window}->Toplevel(-title => "Edit Bookmarks") ;
+
+ my $list = $top->Scrolled('Listbox', -selectmode => 'multiple')->pack(-side => 'top', -fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ my $deleteSub = sub {
+ my $cnt = 0 ;
+ for( $list->curselection ) {
+ $list->delete($_ - $cnt++) ;
+ }
+ } ;
+
+ my $okaySub = sub {
+ $self->{'bookmarks'} = [ $list->get(0, 'end') ] ; # replace the bookmarks
+ } ;
+
+ my $frm = $top->Frame()->pack(-side => 'top', -fill => 'x', -expand => 1 ) ;
+
+ my $deleteBtn = $frm->Button(-text => 'Delete', -command => $deleteSub)->pack(-side => 'left', -fill => 'x', -expand => 1 ) ;
+ my $cancelBtn = $frm->Button(-text => 'Cancel', -command => sub { destroy $top ; })->pack(-side =>'left', -fill => 'x', -expand => 1 ) ;
+ my $dismissBtn = $frm->Button(-text => 'Okay', -command => $okaySub)->pack(-side => 'left', -fill => 'x', -expand => 1 ) ;
+
+ $list->insert('end', @{$self->{'bookmarks'}}) ;
+
+} # end of edit_bookmarks
+
+sub setup_bookmarks_menu {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+
+ #
+ # "Add bookmark" item
+ #
+ my $bkMarkSub = sub { $self->add_bookmark() ; } ;
+
+ $self->{'bookmarks_menu'}->command(-label => "Add Bookmark",
+ -accelerator => 'Alt+k',
+ -command => $bkMarkSub
+ ) ;
+
+ $self->{'main_window'}->bind('<Alt-k>', $bkMarkSub) ;
+
+ $self->{'bookmarks_menu'}->command(-label => "Edit Bookmarks",
+ -command => sub { $self->edit_bookmarks() } ) ;
+
+ $self->{'bookmarks_menu'}->separator() ;
+
+ #
+ # Check to see if there is a bookmarks file
+ #
+ return unless -e $self->{BookMarksPath} && -r $self->{BookMarksPath} ;
+
+ use vars qw($ptkdb_bookmarks) ;
+ local($ptkdb_bookmarks) ; # ref to hash of bookmark entries
+
+ do $self->{BookMarksPath} ; # eval the file
+
+ $self->add_bookmark_items(@$ptkdb_bookmarks) ;
+
+} # end of setup_bookmarks_menu
+
+#
+# $item = "$fname:$lineno"
+#
+sub add_bookmark_items {
+ my($self, @items) = @_ ;
+ my($menu) = ( $self->{'bookmarks_menu'} ) ;
+
+ $self->{'bookmarks_changed'} = 1 ;
+
+ for( @items ) {
+ my $item = $_ ;
+ $menu->command( -label => $_,
+ -command => sub { $self->bookmark_cmd($item) }) ;
+ push @{$self->{'bookmarks'}}, $item ;
+ }
+} # end of add_bookmark_item
+
+#
+# Invoked from the "Add Bookmark" command
+#
+sub add_bookmark {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+ my $line = $self->get_lineno() ;
+ my $fname = $self->{'current_file'} ;
+ $self->add_bookmark_items("$fname:$line") ;
+
+} # end of add_bookmark
+
+#
+# Command executed when someone selects
+# a bookmark
+#
+sub bookmark_cmd {
+ my ($self, $item) = @_ ;
+
+ $item =~ /(.*):([0-9]+)$/ ;
+
+ $self->set_file($1,$2) ;
+
+} # end of bookmark_cmd
+
+sub save_bookmarks {
+ my($self, $pathName) = @_ ;
+
+ return unless $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable ; # we can't save without the data dumper
+ local(*F) ;
+
+ eval {
+ open F, ">$pathName" || die "open failed" ;
+ my $d = Data::Dumper->new([ $self->{'bookmarks'} ],
+ [ 'ptkdb_bookmarks' ]) ;
+
+ $d->Indent(2) ; # make it more editable for people
+
+ my $str ;
+ if( $d->can('Dumpxs') ) {
+ $str = $d->Dumpxs() ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $str = $d->Dump() ;
+ }
+
+ print F $str || die "outputing bookmarks failed" ;
+ close(F) ;
+ } ;
+
+ if( $@ ) {
+ $self->DoAlert("Couldn't save bookmarks file $@") ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+} # end of save_bookmarks
+
+#
+# This is our callback from a double click in our
+# HList. A click in an expanded item will delete
+# the children beneath it, and the next time it
+# updates, it will only update that entry to that
+# depth. If an item is 'unexpanded' such as
+# a hash or a list, it will expand it one more
+# level. How much further an item is expanded is
+# controled by package variable $Devel::ptkdb::add_expr_depth
+#
+sub expr_expand {
+ my ($path) = @_ ;
+ my $hl = $DB::window->{'data_list'} ;
+ my ($parent, $root, $index, @children, $depth) ;
+
+ $parent = $path ;
+ $root = $path ;
+ $depth = 0 ;
+
+ for( $root = $path ; defined $parent && $parent ne "" ; $parent = $hl->infoParent($root) ) {
+ $root = $parent ;
+ $depth += 1 ;
+ } #end of root search
+
+ #
+ # Determine the index of the root of our expression
+ #
+ $index = 0 ;
+ for( @{$DB::window->{'expr_list'}} ) {
+ last if $_->{'expr'} eq $root ;
+ $index += 1 ;
+ }
+
+ #
+ # if we have children we're going to delete them
+ #
+
+ @children = $hl->infoChildren($path) ;
+
+ if( scalar @children > 0 ) {
+
+ $hl->deleteOffsprings($path) ;
+
+ $DB::window->{'expr_list'}->[$index]->{'depth'} = $depth - 1 ; # adjust our depth
+ }
+ else {
+ #
+ # Delete the existing tree and insert a new one
+ #
+ $hl->deleteEntry($root) ;
+ $hl->add($root, -at => $index) ;
+ $DB::window->{'expr_list'}->[$index]->{'depth'} += $Devel::ptkdb::add_expr_depth ;
+ #
+ # Force an update on our expressions
+ #
+ $DB::window->{'event'} = 'update' ;
+ }
+} # end of expr_expand
+
+sub line_number_from_coord {
+ my($txtWidget, $coord) = @_ ;
+ my($index) ;
+
+ $index = $txtWidget->index($coord) ;
+
+ # index is in the format of lineno.column
+
+ $index =~ /([0-9]*)\.([0-9]*)/o ;
+
+ #
+ # return a list of (col, line). Why
+ # backwards?
+ #
+
+ return ($2 ,$1) ;
+
+} # end of line_number_from_coord
+
+#
+# It may seem as if $txtWidget and $self are
+# erroneously reversed, but this is a result
+# of the calling syntax of the text-bind callback.
+#
+sub set_breakpoint_tag {
+ my($txtWidget, $self, $coord, $value) = @_ ;
+ my($idx) ;
+
+ $idx = line_number_from_coord($txtWidget, $coord) ;
+
+ $self->insertBreakpoint($self->{'current_file'}, $idx, $value) ;
+
+} # end of set_breakpoint_tag
+
+sub clear_breakpoint_tag {
+ my($txtWidget, $self, $coord) = @_ ;
+ my($idx) ;
+
+ $idx = line_number_from_coord($txtWidget, $coord) ;
+
+ $self->removeBreakpoint($self->{'current_file'}, $idx) ;
+
+} # end of clear_breakpoint_tag
+
+sub change_breakpoint_tag {
+ my($txtWidget, $self, $coord, $value) = @_ ;
+ my($idx, $brkPt, @tagSet) ;
+
+ $idx = line_number_from_coord($txtWidget, $coord) ;
+
+ #
+ # Change the value of the breakpoint
+ #
+ @tagSet = ( "$idx.0", "$idx.$Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length" ) ;
+
+ $brkPt = &DB::getdbline($self->{'current_file'}, $idx + $self->{'line_offset'}) ;
+ return unless $brkPt ;
+
+ #
+ # Check the breakpoint tag
+ #
+
+ if ( $txtWidget ) {
+ $txtWidget->tagRemove('breaksetLine', @tagSet ) ;
+ $txtWidget->tagRemove('breakdisabledLine', @tagSet ) ;
+ }
+
+ $brkPt->{'value'} = $value ;
+
+ if ( $txtWidget ) {
+ if ( $brkPt->{'value'} ) {
+ $txtWidget->tagAdd('breaksetLine', @tagSet ) ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $txtWidget->tagAdd('breakdisabledLine', @tagSet ) ;
+ }
+ }
+
+} # end of change_breakpoint_tag
+
+#
+# God Forbid anyone comment something complex and tightly optimized.
+#
+# We can get a list of the subroutines from the interpreter
+# by querrying the *DB::sub typeglob: keys %DB::sub
+#
+# The list appears broken down by module:
+#
+# main::BEGIN
+# main::mySub
+# main::otherSub
+# Tk::Adjuster::Mapped
+# Tk::Adjuster::Packed
+# Tk::Button::BEGIN
+# Tk::Button::Enter
+#
+# We would like to break this list down into a heirarchy.
+#
+# main Tk
+# | | | |
+# BEGIN mySub OtherSub | |
+# Adjuster Button
+# | | | |
+# Mapped Packed BEGIN Enter
+#
+#
+# We translate this list into a heirarchy of hashes(say three times fast).
+# We take each entry and split it into elements. Each element is a leaf in the tree.
+# We traverse the tree with the inner for loop.
+# With each branch we check to see if it already exists or
+# we create it. When we reach the last element, this becomes our entry.
+#
+
+#
+# An incoming list is potentially 'large' so we
+# pass in the ref to it instead.
+#
+# New entries can be inserted by providing a $topH
+# hash ref to an existing tree.
+#
+sub tree_split {
+ my ($listRef, $separator, $topH) = @_ ;
+ my ($h, $list_elem) ;
+
+ $topH = {} unless $topH ;
+
+ foreach $list_elem ( @$listRef ) {
+ $h = $topH ;
+ for( split /$separator/o, $list_elem ) { # Tk::Adjuster::Mapped -> ( Tk Adjuster Mapped )
+ $h->{$_} or $h->{$_} = {} ; # either we have an entry for this OR we create one
+ $h = $h->{$_} ;
+ }
+ @$h{'name', 'path'} = ($_, $list_elem) ; # the last leaf is our entry
+ } # end of tree_split loop
+
+ return $topH ;
+
+} # end of tree_split
+
+#
+# callback executed when someone double clicks
+# an entry in the 'Subs' Tk::Notebook page.
+#
+sub sub_list_cmd {
+ my ($self, $path) = @_ ;
+ my ($h) ;
+ my $sub_list = $self->{'sub_list'} ;
+
+ if ( $sub_list->info('children', $path) ) {
+ #
+ # Delete the children
+ #
+ $sub_list->deleteOffsprings($path) ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ #
+ # split the path up into elements
+ # end descend through the tree.
+ #
+ $h = $Devel::ptkdb::subs_tree ;
+ for ( split /\./o, $path ) {
+ $h = $h->{$_} ; # next level down
+ }
+
+ #
+ # if we don't have a 'name' entry we
+ # still have levels to decend through.
+ #
+ if ( !exists $h->{'name'} ) {
+ #
+ # Add the next level paths
+ #
+ for ( sort keys %$h ) {
+
+ if ( exists $h->{$_}->{'path'} ) {
+ $sub_list->add($path . '.' . $_, -text => $h->{$_}->{'path'}) ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $sub_list->add($path . '.' . $_, -text => $_) ;
+ }
+ }
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ $DB::sub{$h->{'path'}} =~ /(.*):([0-9]+)-[0-9]+$/o ; # file name will be in $1, line number will be in $2 */
+
+ $self->set_file($1, $2) ;
+
+} # end of sub_list_cmd
+
+sub fill_subs_page {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+ $self->{'sub_list'}->delete('all') ; # clear existing entries
+
+ my @list = keys %DB::sub ;
+
+ $Devel::ptkdb::subs_tree = tree_split(\@list, "::") ;
+
+ # setup to level of list
+
+ for ( sort keys %$Devel::ptkdb::subs_tree ) {
+ $self->{'sub_list'}->add($_, -text => $_) ;
+ } # end of top level loop
+}
+
+sub setup_subs_page {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+ $self->{'subs_page_activated'} = 1 ;
+
+ $self->{'sub_list'} = $self->{'subs_page'}->Scrolled('HList', -command => sub { $self->sub_list_cmd(@_) ; } ) ;
+
+ $self->fill_subs_page() ;
+
+ $self->{'sub_list'}->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', expand => 1
+ ) ;
+
+ $self->{'subs_list_cnt'} = scalar keys %DB::sub ;
+
+
+} # end of setup_subs_page
+
+sub setup_search_panel {
+ my ($self, $parent, @packArgs) = @_ ;
+ my ($frm, $srchBtn, $regexBtn, $entry) ;
+
+ $frm = $parent->Frame() ;
+
+ $frm->Button(-text => 'Goto', -command => sub { $self->DoGoto($entry) })->pack(side => 'left') ;
+ $srchBtn = $frm->Button(-text => 'Search', -command => sub { $self->FindSearch($entry, $srchBtn, 0) ; }
+ )->pack(side => 'left' ) ;
+
+ $regexBtn = $frm->Button(-text => 'Regex',
+ -command => sub { $self->FindSearch($entry, $regexBtn, 1) ; }
+ )->pack(side => 'left',
+ ) ;
+
+
+ $entry = $frm->Entry(width => 50)->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', expand => 1) ;
+
+ $frm->pack(@packArgs) ;
+
+} # end of setup search_panel
+
+sub setup_breakpts_page {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ require Tk::Table ;
+
+ $self->{'breakpts_page'} = $self->{'notebook'}->add("brkptspage", -label => "BrkPts") ;
+
+ $self->{'breakpts_table'} = $self->{'breakpts_page'}->Table(-columns => 1, -scrollbars => 'se')->
+ pack(side => 'top', fill => 'both', expand => 1
+ ) ;
+
+ $self->{'breakpts_table_data'} = { } ; # controls addressed by "fname:lineno"
+
+} # end of setup_breakpts_page
+
+sub setup_frames {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my $mw = $self->{'main_window'} ;
+ my ($txt, $place_holder, $frm) ;
+ require Tk::ROText ;
+ require Tk::NoteBook ;
+ require Tk::HList ;
+ require Tk::Balloon ;
+ require Tk::Adjuster ;
+
+ # get the side that we want to put the code pane on
+
+ my($codeSide) = $ENV{'PTKDB_CODE_SIDE'} || $mw->optionGet("codeside", "") || 'left' ;
+
+
+
+ $mw->update ; # force geometry manager to map main_window
+ $frm = $mw->Frame(-width => $mw->reqwidth()) ; # frame for our code pane and search controls
+
+ $self->setup_search_panel($frm, side => 'top', fill => 'x') ;
+
+ #
+ # Text window for the code of our currently viewed file
+ #
+ $self->{'text'} = $frm->Scrolled('ROText',
+ -wrap => "none",
+ @Devel::ptkdb::scrollbar_cfg,
+ @Devel::ptkdb::code_text_font
+ ) ;
+
+
+ $txt = $self->{'text'} ;
+ for( $txt->children ) {
+ next unless (ref $_) =~ /ROText$/ ;
+ $self->{'text'} = $_ ;
+ last ;
+ }
+
+ $frm->packPropagate(0) ;
+ $txt->packPropagate(0) ;
+
+ $frm->packAdjust(side => $codeSide, fill => 'both', expand => 1) ;
+ $txt->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', expand => 1) ;
+
+ # $txt->form(-top => [ $self->{'menu_bar'} ], -left => '%0', -right => '%50') ;
+ # $frm->form(-top => [ $self->{'menu_bar'} ], -left => '%50', -right => '%100') ;
+
+ $self->configure_text() ;
+
+ #
+ # Notebook
+ #
+
+ $self->{'notebook'} = $mw->NoteBook() ;
+ $self->{'notebook'}->packPropagate(0) ;
+ $self->{'notebook'}->pack(side => $codeSide, fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ #
+ # an hlist for the data entries
+ #
+ $self->{'data_page'} = $self->{'notebook'}->add("datapage", -label => "Exprs") ;
+
+ #
+ # frame, entry and label for quick expressions
+ #
+ my $frame = $self->{'data_page'}->Frame()->pack(side => 'top', fill => 'x') ;
+
+ my $label = $frame->Label('text' => "Quick Expr:")->pack(side => 'left') ;
+
+ $self->{'quick_entry'} = $frame->Entry()->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $self->{'quick_entry'}->bind('<Return>', sub { $self->QuickExpr() ; } ) ;
+
+
+ #
+ # Entry widget for expressions and breakpoints
+ #
+ $frame = $self->{'data_page'}->Frame()->pack(side => 'top', fill => 'x') ;
+
+ $label = $frame->Label('text' => "Enter Expr:")->pack(side => 'left') ;
+
+ $self->{'entry'} = $frame->Entry()->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $self->{'entry'}->bind('<Return>', sub { $self->EnterExpr() }) ;
+
+ #
+ # Hlist for data expressions
+ #
+
+
+ $self->{data_list} = $self->{'data_page'}->Scrolled('HList',
+ @Devel::ptkdb::scrollbar_cfg,
+ separator => $Devel::ptkdb::pathSep,
+ @Devel::ptkdb::expression_text_font,
+ -command => \&Devel::ptkdb::expr_expand,
+ -selectmode => 'multiple'
+ ) ;
+
+ $self->{data_list}->pack(side => 'top', fill => 'both', expand => 1
+ ) ;
+
+
+ $self->{'subs_page_activated'} = 0 ;
+ $self->{'subs_page'} = $self->{'notebook'}->add("subspage", -label => "Subs", -createcmd => sub { $self->setup_subs_page }) ;
+
+ $self->setup_breakpts_page() ;
+
+} # end of setup_frames
+
+
+
+sub configure_text {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+ my($txt, $mw) = ($self->{'text'}, $self->{'main_window'}) ;
+ my($place_holder) ;
+
+ $self->{'expr_balloon'} = $txt->Balloon();
+ $self->{'balloon_expr'} = ' ' ; # initial expression
+
+ # If Data::Dumper is available setup a dumper for the balloon
+
+ if ( $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable ) {
+ $self->{'balloon_dumper'} = new Data::Dumper([$place_holder]) ;
+ $self->{'balloon_dumper'}->Terse(1) ;
+ $self->{'balloon_dumper'}->Indent($Devel::ptkdb::eval_dump_indent) ;
+
+ $self->{'quick_dumper'} = new Data::Dumper([$place_holder]) ;
+ $self->{'quick_dumper'}->Terse(1) ;
+ $self->{'quick_dumper'}->Indent(0) ;
+ }
+
+ $self->{'expr_ballon_msg'} = ' ' ;
+
+ $self->{'expr_balloon'}->attach($txt, -initwait => 300,
+ -msg => \$self->{'expr_ballon_msg'},
+ -balloonposition => 'mouse',
+ -postcommand => \&Devel::ptkdb::balloon_post,
+ -motioncommand => \&Devel::ptkdb::balloon_motion ) ;
+
+ # tags for the text
+
+ my @stopTagConfig = ( -foreground => 'white', -background => $mw->optionGet("stopcolor", "background") || $ENV{'PTKDB_STOP_TAG_COLOR'} || 'blue' ) ;
+
+ my $stopFnt = $mw->optionGet("stopfont", "background") || $ENV{'PTKDB_STOP_TAG_FONT'} ;
+ push @stopTagConfig, ( -font => $stopFnt ) if $stopFnt ; # user may not have specified a font, if not, stay with the default
+
+ $txt->tagConfigure('stoppt', @stopTagConfig) ;
+ $txt->tagConfigure('search_tag', "-background" => $mw->optionGet("searchtagcolor", "background") || "green") ;
+
+ $txt->tagConfigure("breakableLine", -overstrike => 0) ;
+ $txt->tagConfigure("nonbreakableLine", -overstrike => 1) ;
+ $txt->tagConfigure("breaksetLine", -background => $mw->optionGet("breaktagcolor", "background") || $ENV{'PTKDB_BRKPT_COLOR'} || 'red') ;
+ $txt->tagConfigure("breakdisabledLine", -background => $mw->optionGet("disabledbreaktagcolor", "background") || $ENV{'PTKDB_DISABLEDBRKPT_COLOR'} || 'green') ;
+
+ $txt->tagBind("breakableLine", '<Button-1>', [ \&Devel::ptkdb::set_breakpoint_tag, $self, Ev('@'), 1 ] ) ;
+ $txt->tagBind("breakableLine", '<Shift-Button-1>', [ \&Devel::ptkdb::set_breakpoint_tag, $self, Ev('@'), 0 ] ) ;
+
+ $txt->tagBind("breaksetLine", '<Button-1>', [ \&Devel::ptkdb::clear_breakpoint_tag, $self, Ev('@') ] ) ;
+ $txt->tagBind("breaksetLine", '<Shift-Button-1>', [ \&Devel::ptkdb::change_breakpoint_tag, $self, Ev('@'), 0 ] ) ;
+
+ $txt->tagBind("breakdisabledLine", '<Button-1>', [ \&Devel::ptkdb::clear_breakpoint_tag, $self, Ev('@') ] ) ;
+ $txt->tagBind("breakdisabledLine", '<Shift-Button-1>', [ \&Devel::ptkdb::change_breakpoint_tag, $self, Ev('@'), 1 ] ) ;
+
+} # end of configure_text
+
+
+sub setup_options {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my $mw = $self->{main_window} ;
+
+ return unless $mw->can('appname') ;
+
+ $mw->appname("ptkdb") ;
+ $mw->optionAdd("stopcolor" => 'cyan', 60 ) ;
+ $mw->optionAdd("stopfont" => 'fixed', 60 ) ;
+ $mw->optionAdd("breaktag" => 'red', 60 ) ;
+ $mw->optionAdd("searchtagcolor" => 'green') ;
+
+ $mw->optionClear ; # necessary to reload xresources
+
+} # end of setup_options
+
+sub DoAlert {
+ my($self, $msg, $title) = @_ ;
+ my($dlg) ;
+ my $okaySub = sub {
+ destroy $dlg ;
+ } ;
+
+ $dlg = $self->{main_window}->Toplevel(-title => $title || "Alert", -overanchor => 'cursor') ;
+
+ $dlg->Label( 'text' => $msg )->pack( side => 'top' ) ;
+
+ $dlg->Button( 'text' => "Okay", -command => $okaySub )->pack( side => 'top' )->focus ;
+ $dlg->bind('<Return>', $okaySub) ;
+
+} # end of DoAlert
+
+sub simplePromptBox {
+ my ($self, $title, $defaultText, $okaySub, $cancelSub) = @_ ;
+ my ($top, $entry, $okayBtn) ;
+
+ $top = $self->{main_window}->Toplevel(-title => $title, -overanchor => 'cursor' ) ;
+
+ $Devel::ptkdb::promptString = $defaultText ;
+
+ $entry = $top->Entry('-textvariable' => 'Devel::ptkdb::promptString')->pack('side' => 'top', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+
+ $okayBtn = $top->Button( text => "Okay", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font, -command => sub { &$okaySub() ; $top->destroy ;}
+ )->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $top->Button( text => "Cancel", -command => sub { &$cancelSub() if $cancelSub ; $top->destroy() }, @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ )->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $entry->icursor('end') ;
+
+ $entry->selectionRange(0, 'end') if $entry->can('selectionRange') ; # some win32 Tk installations can't do this
+
+ $entry->focus() ;
+
+ return $top ;
+
+} # end of simplePromptBox
+
+sub get_entry_text {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+ return $self->{entry}->get() ; # get the text in the entry
+} # end of get_entry_text
+
+
+#
+# Clear any text that is in the entry field. If there
+# was any text in that field return it. If there
+# was no text then return any selection that may be active.
+#
+sub clear_entry_text {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+ my $str = $self->{'entry'}->get() ;
+ $self->{'entry'}->delete(0, 'end') ;
+
+ #
+ # No String
+ # Empty String
+ # Or a string that is only whitespace
+ #
+ if( !$str || $str eq "" || $str =~ /^\s+$/ ) {
+ #
+ # If there is no string or the string is just white text
+ # Get the text in the selction( if any)
+ #
+ if( $self->{'text'}->tagRanges('sel') ) { # check to see if 'sel' tag exists (return undef value)
+ $str = $self->{'text'}->get("sel.first", "sel.last") ; # get the text between the 'first' and 'last' point of the sel (selection) tag
+ }
+ # If still no text, bring the focus to the entry
+ elsif( !$str || $str eq "" || $str =~ /^\s+$/ ) {
+ $self->{'entry'}->focus() ;
+ $str = "" ;
+ }
+ }
+ #
+ # Erase existing text
+ #
+ return $str ;
+} # end of clear_entry_text
+
+sub brkPtCheckbutton {
+ my ($self, $fname, $idx, $brkPt) = @_ ;
+ my ($widg) ;
+
+ change_breakpoint_tag($self->{'text'}, $self, "$idx.0", $brkPt->{'value'}) if $fname eq $self->{'current_file'} ;
+
+} # end of brkPtCheckbutton
+
+#
+# insert a breakpoint control into our breakpoint list.
+# returns a handle to the control
+#
+# Expression, if defined, is to be evaluated at the breakpoint
+# and execution stopped if it is non-zero/defined.
+#
+# If action is defined && True then it will be evalled
+# before continuing.
+#
+sub insertBreakpoint {
+ my ($self, $fname, @brks) = @_ ;
+ my ($btn, $cnt, $item) ;
+
+ my($offset) ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+
+ $offset = $dbline[1] =~ /use\s+.*Devel::_?ptkdb/ ? 1 : 0 ;
+
+ while( @brks ) {
+ my($index, $value, $expression) = splice @brks, 0, 3 ; # take args 3 at a time
+
+ my $brkPt = {} ;
+ my $txt = &DB::getdbtextline($fname, $index) ;
+ @$brkPt{'type', 'line', 'expr', 'value', 'fname', 'text'} =
+ ('user', $index, $expression, $value, $fname, "$txt") ;
+
+ &DB::setdbline($fname, $index + $offset, $brkPt) ;
+ $self->add_brkpt_to_brkpt_page($brkPt) ;
+
+ next unless $fname eq $self->{'current_file'} ;
+
+ $self->{'text'}->tagRemove("breakableLine", "$index.0", "$index.$Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length") ;
+ $self->{'text'}->tagAdd($value ? "breaksetLine" : "breakdisabledLine", "$index.0", "$index.$Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length") ;
+ } # end of loop
+} # end of insertBreakpoint
+
+sub add_brkpt_to_brkpt_page {
+ my($self, $brkPt) = @_ ;
+ my($btn, $fname, $index, $frm, $upperFrame, $lowerFrame) ;
+ my ($row, $btnName, $width) ;
+ #
+ # Add the breakpoint to the breakpoints page
+ #
+ ($fname, $index) = @$brkPt{'fname', 'line'} ;
+ return if exists $self->{'breakpts_table_data'}->{"$fname:$index"} ;
+ $self->{'brkPtCnt'} += 1 ;
+
+ $btnName = $fname ;
+ $btnName =~ s/.*\/([^\/]*)$/$1/o ;
+
+ # take the last leaf of the pathname
+
+ $frm = $self->{'breakpts_table'}->Frame(-relief => 'raised') ;
+ $upperFrame = $frm->Frame()->pack('side' => 'top', '-fill' => 'x', 'expand' => 1) ;
+
+
+ $btn = $upperFrame->Checkbutton(-text => "$btnName:$index",
+ -variable => \$brkPt->{'value'}, # CAUTION value tracking
+ -command => sub { $self->brkPtCheckbutton($fname, $index, $brkPt) }) ;
+
+ $btn->pack(side => 'left') ;
+
+ $btn = $upperFrame->Button(-text => "Delete", -command => sub { $self->removeBreakpoint($fname, $index) ; } ) ;
+ $btn->pack('side' => 'left', -fill => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $btn = $upperFrame->Button(-text => "Goto", -command => sub { $self->set_file($fname, $index) ; } ) ;
+ $btn->pack('side' => 'left', -fill => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $lowerFrame = $frm->Frame()->pack('side' => 'top', '-fill' => 'x', 'expand' => 1) ;
+
+ $lowerFrame->Label(-text => "Cond:")->pack('side' => 'left') ;
+
+ $btn = $lowerFrame->Entry(-textvariable => \$brkPt->{'expr'}) ;
+ $btn->pack('side' => 'left', fill => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $frm->pack(side => 'top', fill => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $row = pop @{$self->{'brkPtSlots'}} or $row = $self->{'brkPtCnt'} ;
+
+ $self->{'breakpts_table'}->put($row, 1, $frm) ;
+
+ $self->{'breakpts_table_data'}->{"$fname:$index"}->{'frm'} = $frm ;
+ $self->{'breakpts_table_data'}->{"$fname:$index"}->{'row'} = $row ;
+
+ $self->{'main_window'}->update ;
+
+ $width = $frm->width ;
+
+ if ( $width > $self->{'breakpts_table'}->width ) {
+ $self->{'notebook'}->configure(-width => $width) ;
+ }
+
+} # end of add_brkpt_to_brkpt_page
+
+sub remove_brkpt_from_brkpt_page {
+ my($self, $fname, $idx) = @_ ;
+ my($table) ;
+
+ $table = $self->{'breakpts_table'} ;
+
+ # Delete the breakpoint control in the breakpoints window
+
+ $table->put($self->{'breakpts_table_data'}->{"$fname:$idx"}->{'row'}, 1) ; # delete?
+
+ #
+ # Add this now empty slot to the list of ones we have open
+ #
+
+ push @{$self->{'brkPtSlots'}}, $self->{'breakpts_table_data'}->{"$fname:$idx"}->{'row'} ;
+
+ $self->{'brkPtSlots'} = [ sort { $b <=> $a } @{$self->{'brkPtSlots'}} ] ;
+
+ delete $self->{'breakpts_table_data'}->{"$fname:$idx"} ;
+
+ $self->{'brkPtCnt'} -= 1 ;
+
+} # end of remove_brkpt_from_brkpt_page
+
+
+#
+# Supporting the "Run To Here..." command
+#
+sub insertTempBreakpoint {
+ my ($self, $fname, $index) = @_ ;
+ my($offset) ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+
+ $offset = $dbline[1] =~ /use\s+.*Devel::_?ptkdb/ ? 1 : 0 ;
+
+ return if( &DB::getdbline($fname, $index + $offset) ) ; # we already have a breakpoint here
+
+ &DB::setdbline($fname, $index + $offset, {'type' => 'temp', 'line' => $index, 'value' => 1 } ) ;
+
+} # end of insertTempBreakpoint
+
+sub reinsertBreakpoints {
+ my ($self, $fname) = @_ ;
+ my ($brkPt) ;
+
+ foreach $brkPt ( &DB::getbreakpoints($fname) ) {
+ #
+ # Our breakpoints are indexed by line
+ # therefore we can have 'gaps' where there
+ # lines, but not breaks set for them.
+ #
+ next unless defined $brkPt ;
+
+ $self->insertBreakpoint($fname, @$brkPt{'line', 'value', 'expr'}) if( $brkPt->{'type'} eq 'user' ) ;
+ $self->insertTempBreakpoint($fname, $brkPt->{line}) if( $brkPt->{'type'} eq 'temp' ) ;
+ } # end of reinsert loop
+
+} # end of reinsertBreakpoints
+
+sub removeBreakpointTags {
+ my ($self, @brkPts) = @_ ;
+ my($idx, $brkPt) ;
+
+ foreach $brkPt (@brkPts) {
+
+ $idx = $brkPt->{'line'} ;
+
+ if ( $brkPt->{'value'} ) {
+ $self->{'text'}->tagRemove("breaksetLine", "$idx.0", "$idx.$Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length") ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $self->{'text'}->tagRemove("breakdisabledLine", "$idx.0", "$idx.$Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length") ;
+ }
+
+ $self->{'text'}->tagAdd("breakableLine", "$idx.0", "$idx.$Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length") ;
+ }
+} # end of removeBreakpointTags
+
+#
+# Remove a breakpoint from the current window
+#
+sub removeBreakpoint {
+ my ($self, $fname, @idx) = @_ ;
+ my ($idx, $chkIdx, $i, $j, $info) ;
+ my($offset) ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+
+ $offset = $dbline[1] =~ /use\s+.*Devel::_?ptkdb/ ? 1 : 0 ;
+
+ foreach $idx (@idx) { # end of removal loop
+ next unless defined $idx ;
+ my $brkPt = &DB::getdbline($fname, $idx + $offset) ;
+ next unless $brkPt ; # if we do not have an entry
+ &DB::cleardbline($fname, $idx + $offset) ;
+
+ $self->remove_brkpt_from_brkpt_page($fname, $idx) ;
+
+ next unless $brkPt->{fname} eq $self->{'current_file'} ; # if this isn't our current file there will be no controls
+
+ # Delete the ext associated with the breakpoint expression (if any)
+
+ $self->removeBreakpointTags($brkPt) ;
+ } # end of remove loop
+
+ return ;
+} # end of removeBreakpoint
+
+sub removeAllBreakpoints {
+ my ($self, $fname) = @_ ;
+
+ $self->removeBreakpoint($fname, &DB::getdblineindexes($fname)) ;
+
+} # end of removeAllBreakpoints
+
+#
+# Delete expressions prior to an update
+#
+sub deleteAllExprs {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ $self->{'data_list'}->delete('all') ;
+} # end of deleteAllExprs
+
+sub EnterExpr {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my $str = $self->clear_entry_text() ;
+ if( $str && $str ne "" && $str !~ /^\s+$/ ) { # if there is an expression and it's more than white space
+ $self->{'expr'} = $str ;
+ $self->{'event'} = 'expr' ;
+ }
+} # end of EnterExpr
+
+#
+#
+#
+sub QuickExpr {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+
+ my $str = $self->{'quick_entry'}->get() ;
+
+ if( $str && $str ne "" && $str !~ /^\s+$/ ) { # if there is an expression and it's more than white space
+ $self->{'qexpr'} = $str ;
+ $self->{'event'} = 'qexpr' ;
+ }
+} # end of QuickExpr
+
+sub deleteExpr {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my ($entry, $i, @indexes) ;
+ my @sList = $self->{'data_list'}->info('select') ;
+
+ #
+ # if we're deleteing a top level expression
+ # we have to take it out of the list of expressions
+ #
+
+ foreach $entry ( @sList ) {
+ next if ($entry =~ /\//) ; # goto next expression if we're not a top level ( expr/entry)
+ $i = 0 ;
+ grep { push @indexes, $i if ($_->{'expr'} eq $entry) ; $i++ ; } @{$self->{'expr_list'}} ;
+ } # end of check loop
+
+ # now take out our list of indexes ;
+
+ for( 0..$#indexes ) {
+ splice @{$self->{'expr_list'}}, $indexes[$_] - $_, 1 ;
+ }
+
+ for( @sList ) {
+ $self->{'data_list'}->delete('entry', $_) ;
+ }
+} # end of deleteExpr
+
+sub fixExprPath {
+ my(@pathList) = @_ ;
+
+ for (@pathList) {
+ s/$Devel::ptkdb::pathSep/$Devel::ptkdb::pathSepReplacement/go ;
+ } # end of path list
+
+ return $pathList[0] unless wantarray ;
+ return @pathList ;
+
+} # end of fixExprPath
+
+##
+## Inserts an expression($theRef) into an HList Widget($dl). If the expression
+## is an array, blessed array, hash, or blessed hash(typical object), then this
+## routine is called recursively, adding the members to the next level of heirarchy,
+## prefixing array members with a [idx] and the hash members with the key name.
+## This continues until the entire expression is decomposed to it's atomic constituents.
+## Protection is given(with $reusedRefs) to ensure that 'circular' references within
+## arrays or hashes(i.e. where a member of a array or hash contains a reference to a
+## parent element within the heirarchy.
+##
+#
+# Returns 1 if sucessfully added 0 if not
+#
+sub insertExpr {
+ my($self, $reusedRefs, $dl, $theRef, $name, $depth, $dirPath) = @_ ;
+ my($label, $type, $result, $selfCnt, @circRefs) ;
+ local($^W) = 0 ; # spare us uncessary warnings about comparing strings with ==
+
+ #
+ # Add data new data entries to the bottom
+ #
+ $dirPath = "" unless defined $dirPath ;
+
+ $label = "" ;
+ $selfCnt = 0 ;
+
+ while( ref $theRef eq 'SCALAR' ) {
+ $theRef = $$theRef ;
+ }
+ REF_CHECK: for( ; ; ) {
+ push @circRefs, $theRef ;
+ $type = ref $theRef ;
+ last unless ($type eq "REF") ;
+ $theRef = $$theRef ; # dref again
+
+ $label .= "\\" ; # append a
+ if( grep $_ == $theRef, @circRefs ) {
+ $label .= "(circular)" ;
+ last ;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( !$type || $type eq "" || $type eq "GLOB" || $type eq "CODE") {
+ eval {
+ if( !defined $theRef ) {
+ $dl->add($dirPath . $name, -text => "$name = $label" . "undef") ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $dl->add($dirPath . $name, -text => "$name = $label$theRef") ;
+ }
+ } ;
+ $self->DoAlert($@), return 0 if $@ ;
+ return 1 ;
+ }
+
+ if( $type eq 'ARRAY' or "$theRef" =~ /ARRAY/ ) {
+ my ($r, $idx) ;
+ $idx = 0 ;
+ eval {
+ $dl->add($dirPath . $name, -text => "$name = $theRef") ;
+ } ;
+ if( $@ ) {
+ $self->DoAlert($@) ;
+ return 0 ;
+ }
+ $result = 1 ;
+ foreach $r ( @{$theRef} ) {
+
+ if( grep $_ == $r, @$reusedRefs ) { # check to make sure that we're not doing a single level self reference
+ eval {
+ $dl->add($dirPath . fixExprPath($name) . $Devel::ptkdb::pathSep . "__ptkdb_self_path" . $selfCnt++, -text => "[$idx] = $r REUSED ADDR") ;
+ } ;
+ $self->DoAlert($@) if( $@ ) ;
+ next ;
+ }
+
+ $^W = 0 ;
+
+ push @$reusedRefs, $r ;
+ $result = $self->insertExpr($reusedRefs, $dl, $r, "[$idx]", $depth-1, $dirPath . fixExprPath($name) . $Devel::ptkdb::pathSep) unless $depth == 0 ;
+ pop @$reusedRefs ;
+
+ return 0 unless $result ;
+ $idx += 1 ;
+ }
+ return 1 ;
+ } # end of array case
+
+ if( "$theRef" !~ /HASH\050\060x[0-9a-f]*\051/o ) {
+ eval {
+ $dl->add($dirPath . fixExprPath($name), -text => "$name = $theRef") ;
+ } ;
+ if( $@ ) {
+ $self->DoAlert($@) ;
+ return 0 ;
+ }
+ return 1 ;
+ }
+#
+# Anything else at this point is
+# either a 'HASH' or an object
+# of some kind.
+#
+ my($r, @theKeys, $idx) ;
+ $idx = 0 ;
+ @theKeys = sort keys %{$theRef} ;
+ $dl->add($dirPath . $name, -text => "$name = $theRef") ;
+ $result = 1 ;
+
+ foreach $r ( @$theRef{@theKeys} ) { # slice out the values with the sorted list
+
+ if( grep $_ == $r, @$reusedRefs ) { # check to make sure that we're not doing a single level self reference
+ eval {
+ $dl->add($dirPath . fixExprPath($name) . $Devel::ptkdb::pathSep . "__ptkdb_self_path" . $selfCnt++, -text => "$theKeys[$idx++] = $r REUSED ADDR") ;
+ } ;
+ print "bad path $@\n" if( $@ ) ;
+ next ;
+ }
+
+ $^W = 0 ;
+
+ push @$reusedRefs, $r ;
+
+ $result = $self->insertExpr($reusedRefs, # recursion protection
+ $dl, # data list widget
+ $r, # reference whose value is displayed
+ $theKeys[$idx], # name
+ $depth-1, # remaining expansion depth
+ $dirPath . $name . $Devel::ptkdb::pathSep # path to add to
+ ) unless $depth == 0 ;
+
+ pop @$reusedRefs ;
+
+ return 0 unless $result ;
+ $idx += 1 ;
+ } # end of ref add loop
+
+ return 1 ;
+} # end of insertExpr
+
+#
+# We're setting the line where we are stopped.
+# Create a tag for this and set it as bold.
+#
+sub set_line {
+ my ($self, $lineno) = @_ ;
+ my $text = $self->{'text'} ;
+
+ return if( $lineno <= 0 ) ;
+
+ if( $self->{current_line} > 0 ) {
+ $text->tagRemove('stoppt', "$self->{current_line}.0 linestart", "$self->{current_line}.0 lineend") ;
+ }
+ $self->{current_line} = $lineno - $self->{'line_offset'} ;
+ $text->tagAdd('stoppt', "$self->{current_line}.0 linestart", "$self->{current_line}.0 lineend") ;
+
+ $self->{'text'}->see("$self->{current_line}.0 linestart") ;
+} # end of set_line
+
+#
+# Set the file that is in the code window.
+#
+# $fname the 'new' file to view
+# $line the line number we're at
+# $brkPts any breakpoints that may have been set in this file
+#
+
+use Carp ;
+
+sub set_file {
+ my ($self, $fname, $line) = @_ ;
+ my ($lineStr, $offset, $text, $i, @text) ;
+ my (@breakableTagList, @nonBreakableTagList) ;
+
+ return unless $fname ; # we're getting an undef here on 'Restart...'
+
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname};
+
+ #
+ # with the #! /usr/bin/perl -d:ptkdb at the header of the file
+ # we've found that with various combinations of other options the
+ # files haven't come in at the right offsets
+ #
+ $offset = 0 ;
+ $offset = 1 if $dbline[1] =~ /use\s+.*Devel::_?ptkdb/ ;
+ $self->{'line_offset'} = $offset ;
+
+ $text = $self->{'text'} ;
+
+ if( $fname eq $self->{current_file} ) {
+ $self->set_line($line) ;
+ return ;
+ } ;
+
+ $fname =~ s/^\-// ; # Tk does not like leadiing '-'s
+ $self->{main_window}->configure('-title' => $fname) ;
+
+ # Erase any existing text
+
+ $text->delete('0.0','end') ;
+
+ my $len = $Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length ;
+
+ #
+ # This is the tightest loop we have in the ptkdb code.
+ # It is here where performance is the most critical.
+ # The map block formats perl code for display. Since
+ # the file could be potentially large, we will try
+ # to make this loop as thin as possible.
+ #
+ # NOTE: For a new perl individual this may appear as
+ # if it was intentionally obfuscated. This is not
+ # not the case. The following code is the result
+ # of an intensive effort to optimize this code.
+ # Prior versions of this code were quite easier
+ # to read, but took 3 times longer.
+ #
+
+ $lineStr = " " x 200 ; # pre-allocate space for $lineStr
+ $i = 1 ;
+
+ local($^W) = 0 ; # spares us useless warnings under -w when checking $dbline[$_] != 0
+ #
+ # The 'map' call will build list of 'string', 'tag' pairs
+ # that will become arguments to the 'insert' call. Passing
+ # the text to insert "all at once" rather than one insert->('end', 'string', 'tag')
+ # call at time provides a MASSIVE savings in execution time.
+ #
+
+ $text->insert('end', map {
+
+ #
+ # build collections of tags representing
+ # the line numbers for breakable and
+ # non-breakable lines. We apply these
+ # tags after we've built the text
+ #
+
+ ($_ != 0 && push @breakableTagList, "$i.0", "$i.$len") || push @nonBreakableTagList, "$i.0", "$i.$len" ;
+
+ $lineStr = sprintf($Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_format, $i++) . $_ ; # line number + text of the line
+ $lineStr .= "\n" unless /\n$/o ; # append a \n if there isn't one already
+
+ ($lineStr, 'code') ; # return value for block, a string,tag pair for text insert
+
+ } @dbline[$offset+1 .. $#dbline] ) ;
+
+
+ #
+ # Apply the tags that we've collected
+ # NOTE: it was attempted to incorporate these
+ # operations into the 'map' block above, but that
+ # actually degraded performance.
+ #
+ $text->tagAdd("breakableLine", @breakableTagList) if @breakableTagList ; # apply tag to line numbers where the lines are breakable
+ $text->tagAdd("nonbreakableLine", @nonBreakableTagList) if @nonBreakableTagList ; # apply tag to line numbers where the lines are not breakable.
+
+ #
+ # Reinsert breakpoints (if info provided)
+ #
+
+ $self->set_line($line) ;
+ $self->{current_file} = $fname ;
+ return $self->reinsertBreakpoints($fname) ;
+
+ } # end of set_file
+
+#
+# Get the current line that the insert cursor is in
+#
+ sub get_lineno {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my ($info) ;
+
+ $info = $self->{'text'}->index('insert') ; # get the location for the insertion point
+ $info =~ s/\..*$/\.0/ ;
+
+ return int $info ;
+ } # end of get_lineno
+
+sub DoGoto {
+ my ($self, $entry) = @_ ;
+
+ my $txt = $entry->get() ;
+
+ $txt =~ s/(\d*).*/$1/ ; # take the first blob of digits
+ if( $txt eq "" ) {
+ print "invalid text range\n" ;
+ return if $txt eq "" ;
+ }
+
+ $self->{'text'}->see("$txt.0") ;
+
+ $entry->selectionRange(0, 'end') if $entry->can('selectionRange')
+
+ } # end of DoGoto
+
+sub GotoLine {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my ($topLevel) ;
+
+ if( $self->{goto_window} ) {
+ $self->{goto_window}->raise() ;
+ $self->{goto_text}->focus() ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ #
+ # Construct a dialog that has an
+ # entry field, okay and cancel buttons
+ #
+ my $okaySub = sub { $self->DoGoto($self->{'goto_text'}) } ;
+
+ $topLevel = $self->{main_window}->Toplevel(-title => "Goto Line?", -overanchor => 'cursor') ;
+
+ $self->{goto_text} = $topLevel->Entry()->pack(side => 'top', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $self->{goto_text}->bind('<Return>', $okaySub) ; # make a CR do the same thing as pressing an okay
+
+ $self->{goto_text}->focus() ;
+
+ # Bind a double click on the mouse button to the same action
+ # as pressing the Okay button
+
+ $topLevel->Button( text => "Okay", -command => $okaySub, @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ )->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ #
+ # Subroutone called when the 'Dismiss'
+ # button is pushed.
+ #
+ my $dismissSub = sub {
+ delete $self->{goto_text} ;
+ destroy {$self->{goto_window}} ;
+ delete $self->{goto_window} ; # remove the entry from our hash so we won't
+ } ;
+
+ $topLevel->Button( text => "Dismiss", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => $dismissSub )->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $topLevel->protocol('WM_DELETE_WINDOW', sub { destroy $topLevel ; } ) ;
+
+ $self->{goto_window} = $topLevel ;
+
+} # end of GotoLine
+
+
+#
+# Subroutine called when the 'okay' button is pressed
+#
+sub FindSearch {
+ my ($self, $entry, $btn, $regExp) = @_ ;
+ my (@switches, $result) ;
+ my $txt = $entry->get() ;
+
+ return if $txt eq "" ;
+
+ push @switches, "-forward" if $self->{fwdOrBack} eq "forward" ;
+ push @switches, "-backward" if $self->{fwdOrBack} eq "backward" ;
+
+ if( $regExp ) {
+ push @switches, "-regexp" ;
+ }
+ else {
+ push @switches, "-nocase" ; # if we're not doing regex we may as well do caseless search
+ }
+
+ $result = $self->{'text'}->search(@switches, $txt, $self->{search_start}) ;
+
+ # untag the previously found text
+
+ $self->{'text'}->tagRemove('search_tag', @{$self->{search_tag}}) if defined $self->{search_tag} ;
+
+ if( !$result || $result eq "" ) {
+ # No Text was found
+ $btn->flash() ;
+ $btn->bell() ;
+
+ delete $self->{search_tag} ;
+ $self->{'search_start'} = "0.0" ;
+ }
+ else { # text found
+ $self->{'text'}->see($result) ;
+ # set the insertion of the text as well
+ $self->{'text'}->markSet('insert' => $result) ;
+ my $len = length $txt ;
+
+ if( $self->{fwdOrBack} ) {
+ $self->{search_start} = "$result +$len chars" ;
+ $self->{search_tag} = [ $result, $self->{search_start} ] ;
+ }
+ else {
+ # backwards search
+ $self->{search_start} = "$result -$len chars" ;
+ $self->{search_tag} = [ $result, "$result +$len chars" ] ;
+ }
+
+ # tag the newly found text
+
+ $self->{'text'}->tagAdd('search_tag', @{$self->{search_tag}}) ;
+ } # end of text found
+
+ $entry->selectionRange(0, 'end') if $entry->can('selectionRange') ;
+
+} # end of FindSearch
+
+
+#
+# Support for the Find Text... Menu command
+#
+sub FindText {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my ($top, $entry, $rad1, $rad2, $chk, $regExp, $frm, $okayBtn) ;
+
+ #
+ # if we already have the Find Text Window
+ # open don't bother openning another, bring
+ # the existing one to the front.
+ #
+ if( $self->{find_window} ) {
+ $self->{find_window}->raise() ;
+ $self->{find_text}->focus() ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ $self->{search_start} = $self->{'text'}->index('insert') if( $self->{search_start} eq "" ) ;
+
+ #
+ # Subroutine called when the 'Dismiss' button
+ # is pushed.
+ #
+ my $dismissSub = sub {
+ $self->{'text'}->tagRemove('search_tag', @{$self->{search_tag}}) if defined $self->{search_tag} ;
+ $self->{search_start} = "" ;
+ destroy {$self->{find_window}} ;
+ delete $self->{search_tag} ;
+ delete $self->{find_window} ;
+ } ;
+
+ #
+ # Construct a dialog that has an entry field, forward, backward, regex option, okay and cancel buttons
+ #
+ $top = $self->{main_window}->Toplevel(-title => "Find Text?") ;
+
+ $self->{find_text} = $top->Entry()->pack('side' => 'top', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+
+ $frm = $top->Frame()->pack('side' => 'top', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $self->{fwdOrBack} = 'forward' ;
+ $rad1 = $frm->Radiobutton('text' => "Forward", 'value' => 1, 'variable' => \$self->{fwdOrBack}) ;
+ $rad1->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+ $rad2 = $frm->Radiobutton('text' => "Backward", 'value' => 0, 'variable' => \$self->{fwdOrBack}) ;
+ $rad2->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $regExp = 0 ;
+ $chk = $frm->Checkbutton('text' => "RegExp", 'variable' => \$regExp) ;
+ $chk->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ # Okay and cancel buttons
+
+ # Bind a double click on the mouse button to the same action
+ # as pressing the Okay button
+
+ $okayBtn = $top->Button( text => "Okay", -command => sub { $self->FindSearch($self->{find_text}, $okayBtn, $regExp) ; },
+ @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ )->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $self->{find_text}->bind('<Return>', sub { $self->FindSearch($self->{find_text}, $okayBtn, $regExp) ; }) ;
+
+ $top->Button( text => "Dismiss", @Devel::ptkdb::button_font,
+ -command => $dismissSub)->pack(side => 'left', fill => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $top->protocol('WM_DELETE_WINDOW', $dismissSub) ;
+
+ $self->{find_text}->focus() ;
+
+ $self->{find_window} = $top ;
+
+} # end of FindText
+
+sub main_loop {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my ($evt, $str, $result) ;
+ my $i = 0;
+ SWITCH: for ($self->{'event'} = 'null' ; ; $self->{'event'} = undef ) {
+
+ Tk::DoOneEvent(0);
+ next unless $self->{'event'} ;
+
+ $evt = $self->{'event'} ;
+ $evt =~ /step/o && do { last SWITCH ; } ;
+ $evt =~ /null/o && do { next SWITCH ; } ;
+ $evt =~ /run/o && do { last SWITCH ; } ;
+ $evt =~ /quit/o && do { $self->{main_window}->destroy if $self->{main_window} ;
+ $self->{main_window} = undef if defined $self->{main_window} ; exit ; } ;
+ $evt =~ /expr/o && do { return $evt ; } ; # adds an expression to our expression window
+ $evt =~ /qexpr/o && do { return $evt ; } ; # does a 'quick' expression
+ $evt =~ /update/o && do { return $evt ; } ; # forces an update on our expression window
+ $evt =~ /reeval/o && do { return $evt ; } ; # updated the open expression eval window
+ $evt =~ /balloon_eval/ && do { return $evt } ;
+ } # end of switch block
+ return $evt ;
+} # end of main_loop
+
+#
+# $subStackRef A reference to the current subroutine stack
+#
+
+sub goto_sub_from_stack {
+ my ($self, $f, $lineno) = @_ ;
+ $self->set_file($f, $lineno) ;
+} # end of goto_sub_from_stack ;
+
+sub refresh_stack_menu {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my ($str, $name, $i, $sub_offset, $subStack) ;
+
+ #
+ # CAUTION: In the effort to 'rationalize' the code
+ # are moving some of this function down from DB::DB
+ # to here. $sub_offset represents how far 'down'
+ # we are from DB::DB. The $DB::subroutine_depth is
+ # tracked in such a way that while we are 'in' the debugger
+ # it will not be incremented, and thus represents the stack depth
+ # of the target program.
+ #
+ $sub_offset = 1 ;
+ $subStack = [] ;
+
+ # clear existing entries
+
+ for( $i = 0 ; $i <= $DB::subroutine_depth ; $i++ ) {
+ my ($package, $filename, $line, $subName) = caller $i+$sub_offset ;
+ last if !$subName ;
+ push @$subStack, { 'name' => $subName, 'pck' => $package, 'filename' => $filename, 'line' => $line } ;
+ }
+
+ $self->{stack_menu}->menu->delete(0, 'last') ; # delete existing menu items
+
+ for( $i = 0 ; $subStack->[$i] ; $i++ ) {
+
+ $str = defined $subStack->[$i+1] ? "$subStack->[$i+1]->{name}" : "MAIN" ;
+
+ my ($f, $line) = ($subStack->[$i]->{filename}, $subStack->[$i]->{line}) ; # make copies of the values for use in 'sub'
+ $self->{stack_menu}->command(-label => $str, -command => sub { $self->goto_sub_from_stack($f, $line) ; } ) ;
+ }
+} # end of refresh_stack_menu
+
+no strict ;
+
+sub get_state {
+ my ($self, $fname) = @_ ;
+ my ($val) ;
+ local($files, $expr_list, $eval_saved_text, $main_win_geometry) ;
+
+ do "$fname" ;
+
+ if( $@ ) {
+ $self->DoAlert($@) ;
+ return ( undef ) x 4 ; # return a list of 4 undefined values
+ }
+
+ return ($files, $expr_list, $eval_saved_text, $main_win_geometry) ;
+} # end of get_state
+
+use strict ;
+
+sub restoreStateFile {
+ my ($self, $fname) = @_ ;
+ local(*F) ;
+ my ($saveCurFile, $s, @n, $n) ;
+
+ if (!(-e $fname && -r $fname)) {
+ $self->DoAlert("$fname does not exist") ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ my ($files, $expr_list, $eval_saved_text, $main_win_geometry) = $self->get_state($fname) ;
+ my ($f, $brks) ;
+
+ return unless defined $files || defined $expr_list ;
+
+ &DB::restore_breakpoints_from_save($files) ;
+
+ #
+ # This should force the breakpoints to be restored
+ #
+ $saveCurFile = $self->{current_file} ;
+
+ @$self{ 'current_file', 'expr_list', 'eval_saved_text' } =
+ ( "" , $expr_list, $eval_saved_text) ;
+
+ $self->set_file($saveCurFile, $self->{current_line}) ;
+
+ $self->{'event'} = 'update' ;
+
+ if ( $main_win_geometry && $self->{'main_window'} ) {
+ # restore the height and width of the window
+ $self->{main_window}->geometry( $main_win_geometry ) ;
+ }
+} # end of retstoreState
+
+sub updateEvalWindow {
+ my ($self, @result) = @_ ;
+ my ($leng, $str, $d) ;
+
+ $leng = 0 ;
+ for( @result ) {
+ if( !$Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable || !$Devel::ptkdb::useDataDumperForEval ) {
+ $str = "$_\n" ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $d = Data::Dumper->new([ $_ ]) ;
+ $d->Indent($Devel::ptkdb::eval_dump_indent) ;
+ $d->Terse(1) ;
+ if( Data::Dumper->can('Dumpxs') ) {
+ $str = $d->Dumpxs( $_ ) ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $str = $d->Dump( $_ ) ;
+ }
+ }
+ $leng += length $str ;
+ $self->{eval_results}->insert('end', $str) ;
+ }
+} # end of updateEvalWindow
+
+sub setupEvalWindow {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+ my($top, $dismissSub) ;
+ my $f ;
+ $self->{eval_window}->focus(), return if exists $self->{eval_window} ; # already running this window?
+
+ $top = $self->{main_window}->Toplevel(-title => "Evaluate Expressions...") ;
+ $self->{eval_window} = $top ;
+ $self->{eval_text} = $top->Scrolled('TextUndo',
+ @Devel::ptkdb::scrollbar_cfg,
+ @Devel::ptkdb::eval_text_font,
+ width => 50,
+ height => 10,
+ -wrap => "none",
+ )->packAdjust('side' => 'top', 'fill' => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $self->{eval_text}->insert('end', $self->{eval_saved_text}) if exists $self->{eval_saved_text} && defined $self->{eval_saved_text} ;
+
+ $top->Label(-text, "Results:")->pack('side' => 'top', 'fill' => 'both', -expand => 'n') ;
+
+ $self->{eval_results} = $top->Scrolled('Text',
+ @Devel::ptkdb::scrollbar_cfg,
+ width => 50,
+ height => 10,
+ -wrap => "none",
+ @Devel::ptkdb::eval_text_font
+ )->pack('side' => 'top', 'fill' => 'both', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ my $btn = $top->Button(-text => 'Eval...', -command => sub { $DB::window->{event} = 'reeval' ; }
+ )->pack('side' => 'left', 'fill' => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $dismissSub = sub {
+ $self->{eval_saved_text} = $self->{eval_text}->get('0.0', 'end') ;
+ $self->{eval_window}->destroy ;
+ delete $self->{eval_window} ;
+ } ;
+
+ $top->protocol('WM_DELETE_WINDOW', $dismissSub ) ;
+
+ $top->Button(-text => 'Clear Eval', -command => sub { $self->{eval_text}->delete('0.0', 'end') }
+ )->pack('side' => 'left', 'fill' => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $top->Button(-text => 'Clear Results', -command => sub { $self->{eval_results}->delete('0.0', 'end') }
+ )->pack('side' => 'left', 'fill' => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+ $top->Button(-text => 'Dismiss', -command => $dismissSub)->pack('side' => 'left', 'fill' => 'x', -expand => 1) ;
+
+} # end of setupEvalWindow ;
+
+sub filterBreakPts {
+ my ($breakPtsListRef, $fname) = @_ ;
+ my $dbline = $main::{'_<' . $fname}; # breakable lines
+ local($^W) = 0 ;
+ #
+ # Go through the list of breaks and take out any that
+ # are no longer breakable
+ #
+
+ for( @$breakPtsListRef ) {
+ next unless defined $_ ;
+
+ next if $dbline->[$_->{'line'}] != 0 ; # still breakable
+
+ $_ = undef ;
+ }
+} # end of filterBreakPts
+
+sub DoAbout {
+ my $self = shift ;
+ my $str = "ptkdb $DB::VERSION\nCopyright 1998 by Andrew E. Page\nFeedback to aep\@world.std.com\n\n" ;
+ my $threadString = "" ;
+
+ $threadString = "Threads Available" if $Config::Config{usethreads} ;
+ $threadString = " Thread Debugging Enabled" if $DB::usethreads ;
+
+ $str .= <<"__STR__" ;
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of either:
+
+ a) the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) any
+ later version, or
+
+ b) the "Artistic License" which comes with this Kit.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See either
+ the GNU General Public License or the Artistic License for more details.
+
+ OS $^O
+ Tk Version $Tk::VERSION
+ Perl Version $]
+Data::Dumper Version $Data::Dumper::VERSION
+ $threadString
+__STR__
+
+ $self->DoAlert($str, "About ptkdb") ;
+} # end of DoAbout
+
+#
+# return 1 if succesfully set,
+# return 0 if otherwise
+#
+sub SetBreakPoint {
+ my ($self, $isTemp) = @_ ;
+ my $dbw = $DB::window ;
+ my $lineno = $dbw->get_lineno() ;
+ my $expr = $dbw->clear_entry_text() ;
+ local($^W) = 0 ;
+
+ if( !&DB::checkdbline($DB::window->{current_file}, $lineno + $self->{'line_offset'}) ) {
+ $dbw->DoAlert("line $lineno in $DB::window->{current_file} is not breakable") ;
+ return 0 ;
+ }
+
+ if( !$isTemp ) {
+ $dbw->insertBreakpoint($DB::window->{current_file}, $lineno, 1, $expr) ;
+ return 1 ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $dbw->insertTempBreakpoint($DB::window->{current_file}, $lineno) ;
+ return 1 ;
+ }
+
+ return 0 ;
+} # end of SetBreakPoint
+
+sub UnsetBreakPoint {
+ my ($self) = @_ ;
+ my $lineno = $self->get_lineno() ;
+
+ $self->removeBreakpoint($DB::window->{current_file}, $lineno) ;
+} # end of UnsetBreakPoint
+
+sub balloon_post {
+ my $self = $DB::window ;
+ my $txt = $DB::window->{'text'} ;
+
+ return 0 if ($self->{'expr_ballon_msg'} eq "") || ($self->{'balloon_expr'} eq "") ; # don't post for an empty string
+
+ return $self->{'balloon_coord'} ;
+}
+
+sub balloon_motion {
+ my ($txt, $x, $y) = @_ ;
+ my ($offset_x, $offset_y) = ($x + 4, $y + 4) ;
+ my $self = $DB::window ;
+ my $txt2 = $self->{'text'} ;
+ my $data ;
+
+ $self->{'balloon_coord'} = "$offset_x,$offset_y" ;
+
+ $x -= $txt->rootx ;
+ $y -= $txt->rooty ;
+ #
+ # Post an event that will cause us to put up a popup
+ #
+
+ if( $txt2->tagRanges('sel') ) { # check to see if 'sel' tag exists (return undef value)
+ $data = $txt2->get("sel.first", "sel.last") ; # get the text between the 'first' and 'last' point of the sel (selection) tag
+ }
+ else {
+ $data = $DB::window->retrieve_text_expr($x, $y) ;
+ }
+
+ if( !$data ) {
+ $self->{'balloon_expr'} = "" ;
+ return 0 ;
+ }
+
+ return 0 if ($data eq $self->{'balloon_expr'}) ; # nevermind if it's the same expression
+
+ $self->{'event'} = 'balloon_eval' ;
+ $self->{'balloon_expr'} = $data ;
+
+ return 1 ; # ballon will be canceled and a new one put up(maybe)
+} # end of balloon_motion
+
+sub retrieve_text_expr {
+ my($self, $x, $y) = @_ ;
+ my $txt = $self->{'text'} ;
+
+ my $coord = "\@$x,$y" ;
+
+ my($idx, $col, $data, $offset) ;
+
+ ($col, $idx) = line_number_from_coord($txt, $coord) ;
+
+ $offset = $Devel::ptkdb::linenumber_length + 1 ; # line number text + 1 space
+
+ return undef if $col < $offset ; # no posting
+
+ $col -= $offset ;
+
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $self->{current_file}} ;
+
+ return undef if( !defined $dbline[$idx] || $dbline[$idx] == 0 ) ; # no executable text, no real variable(?)
+
+ $data = $dbline[$idx] ;
+
+ # if we're sitting over white space, leave
+ my $len = length $data ;
+ return unless $data && $col && $len > 0 ;
+
+ return if substr($data, $col, 1) =~ /\s/ ;
+
+ # walk backwards till we find some whitespace
+
+ $col = $len if $len < $col ;
+ while( --$col >= 0 ) {
+ last if substr($data, $col, 1) =~ /[\s\$\@\%]/ ;
+ }
+
+ substr($data, $col) =~ /^([\$\@\%][a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/ ;
+
+ return $1 ;
+}
+
+#
+# after DB::eval get's us a result
+#
+sub code_motion_eval {
+ my ($self, @result) = @_ ;
+ my $str ;
+
+ if( exists $self->{'balloon_dumper'} ) {
+
+ my $d = $self->{'balloon_dumper'} ;
+
+ $d->Reset() ;
+ $d->Values( [ $#result == 0 ? @result : \@result ] ) ;
+
+ if( $d->can('Dumpxs') ) {
+ $str = $d->Dumpxs() ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $str = $d->Dump() ;
+ }
+
+ chomp($str) ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $str = "@result" ;
+ }
+
+ #
+ # Cut the string down to 1024 characters to keep from
+ # overloading the balloon window
+ #
+
+ $self->{'expr_ballon_msg'} = "$self->{'balloon_expr'} = " . substr $str, 0, 1024 ;
+ } # end of code motion eval
+
+#
+# Subroutine called when we enter DB::DB()
+# In other words when the target script 'stops'
+# in the Debugger
+#
+sub EnterActions {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+# $self->{'main_window'}->Unbusy() ;
+
+} # end of EnterActions
+
+#
+# Subroutine called when we return from DB::DB()
+# When the target script resumes.
+#
+sub LeaveActions {
+ my($self) = @_ ;
+
+ # $self->{'main_window'}->Busy() ;
+} # end of LeaveActions
+
+
+sub BEGIN {
+ $Devel::ptkdb::scriptName = $0 ;
+ @Devel::ptkdb::script_args = @ARGV ; # copy args
+
+}
+
+##
+## Save the ptkdb state file and restart the debugger
+##
+sub DoRestart {
+ my($fname) ;
+
+ $fname = $ENV{'TMP'} || $ENV{'TMPDIR'} || $ENV{'TMP_DIR'} || $ENV{'TEMP'} || $ENV{'HOME'} ;
+ $fname .= '/' if $fname ;
+ $fname = "" unless $fname ;
+
+ $fname .= "ptkdb_restart_state$$" ;
+
+ # print "saving temp state file $fname\n" ;
+
+ &DB::save_state_file($fname) ;
+
+ $ENV{'PTKDB_RESTART_STATE_FILE'} = $fname ;
+
+ ##
+ ## build up the command to do the restart
+ ##
+
+ $fname = "perl -w -d:ptkdb $Devel::ptkdb::scriptName @Devel::ptkdb::script_args" ;
+
+ # print "$$ doing a restart with $fname\n" ;
+
+ exec $fname ;
+
+} # end of DoRestart
+
+##
+## Enables/Disables the feature where we stop
+## if we've encountered a perl warning such as:
+## "Use of uninitialized value at undef_warn.pl line N"
+##
+
+sub stop_on_warning_cb {
+ &$DB::ptkdb::warn_sig_save() if $DB::ptkdb::warn_sig_save ; # call any previously registered warning
+ $DB::window->DoAlert(@_) ;
+ $DB::single = 1 ; # forces debugger to stop next time
+}
+
+sub set_stop_on_warning {
+
+ if( $DB::ptkdb::stop_on_warning ) {
+
+ return if $DB::ptkdb::warn_sig_save == \&stop_on_warning_cb ; # prevents recursion
+
+ $DB::ptkdb::warn_sig_save = $SIG{'__WARN__'} if $SIG{'__WARN__'} ;
+ $SIG{'__WARN__'} = \&stop_on_warning_cb ;
+ }
+ else {
+ ##
+ ## Restore any previous warning signal
+ ##
+ local($^W) = 0 ;
+ $SIG{'__WARN__'} = $DB::ptkdb::warn_sig_save ;
+ }
+} # end of set_stop_on_warning
+
+1 ; # end of Devel::ptkdb
+
+package DB ;
+
+use vars '$VERSION', '$header' ;
+
+$VERSION = '1.108' ;
+$header = "ptkdb.pm version $DB::VERSION";
+$DB::window->{current_file} = "" ;
+
+#
+# Here's the clue...
+# eval only seems to eval the context of
+# the executing script while in the DB
+# package. When we had updateExprs in the Devel::ptkdb
+# package eval would turn up an undef result.
+#
+
+sub updateExprs {
+ my ($package) = @_ ;
+ #
+ # Update expressions
+ #
+ $DB::window->deleteAllExprs() ;
+ my ($expr, @result);
+
+ foreach $expr ( @{$DB::window->{'expr_list'}} ) {
+ next if length $expr == 0 ;
+
+ @result = &DB::dbeval($package, $expr->{'expr'}) ;
+
+ if( scalar @result == 1 ) {
+ $DB::window->insertExpr([ $result[0] ], $DB::window->{'data_list'}, $result[0], $expr->{'expr'}, $expr->{'depth'}) ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $DB::window->insertExpr([ \@result ], $DB::window->{'data_list'}, \@result, $expr->{'expr'}, $expr->{'depth'}) ;
+ }
+ }
+
+} # end of updateExprs
+
+no strict ; # turning strict off (shame shame) because we keep getting errrs for the local(*dbline)
+
+#
+# returns true if line is breakable
+#
+use Carp ;
+sub checkdbline($$) {
+ my ($fname, $lineno) = @_ ;
+
+ return 0 unless $fname; # we're getting an undef here on 'Restart...'
+
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+ local($^W) = 0 ; # spares us warnings under -w
+
+ my $flag = $dbline[$lineno] != 0 ;
+
+ return $flag;
+
+} # end of checkdbline
+
+#
+# sets a breakpoint 'through' a magic
+# variable that perl is able to interpert
+#
+sub setdbline($$$) {
+ my ($fname, $lineno, $value) = @_ ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname};
+
+ $dbline{$lineno} = $value ;
+} # end of setdbline
+
+sub getdbline($$) {
+ my ($fname, $lineno) = @_ ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname};
+ return $dbline{$lineno} ;
+} # end of getdbline
+
+sub getdbtextline {
+ my ($fname, $lineno) = @_ ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname};
+ return $dbline[$lineno] ;
+} # end of getdbline
+
+
+sub cleardbline($$;&) {
+ my ($fname, $lineno, $clearsub) = @_ ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname};
+ my $value ; # just in case we want it for something
+
+ $value = $dbline{$lineno} ;
+ delete $dbline{$lineno} ;
+ &$clearsub($value) if $value && $clearsub ;
+
+ return $value ;
+} # end of cleardbline
+
+sub clearalldblines(;&) {
+ my ($clearsub) = @_ ;
+ my ($key, $value, $brkPt, $dbkey) ;
+ local(*dbline) ;
+
+ while ( ($key, $value) = each %main:: ) { # key loop
+ next unless $key =~ /^_</ ;
+ *dbline = $value ;
+
+ foreach $dbkey (keys %dbline) {
+ $brkPt = $dbline{$dbkey} ;
+ delete $dbline{$dbkey} ;
+ next unless $brkPt && $clearSub ;
+ &$clearsub($brkPt) ; # if specificed, call the sub routine to clear the breakpoint
+ }
+
+ } # end of key loop
+
+} # end of clearalldblines
+
+sub getdblineindexes {
+ my ($fname) = @_ ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+ return keys %dbline ;
+} # end of getdblineindexes
+
+sub getbreakpoints {
+ my (@fnames) = @_ ;
+ my ($fname, @retList) ;
+
+ foreach $fname (@fnames) {
+ next unless $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{'_<' . $fname} ;
+ push @retList, values %dbline ;
+ }
+ return @retList ;
+} # end of getbreakpoints
+
+#
+# Construct a hash of the files
+# that have breakpoints to save
+#
+sub breakpoints_to_save {
+ my ($file, @breaks, $brkPt, $svBrkPt, $list) ;
+ my ($brkList) ;
+
+ $brkList = {} ;
+
+ foreach $file ( keys %main:: ) { # file loop
+ next unless $file =~ /^_</ && exists $main::{$file} ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{$file} ;
+
+ next unless @breaks = values %dbline ;
+ $list = [] ;
+ foreach $brkPt ( @breaks ) {
+
+ $svBrkPt = { %$brkPt } ; # make a copy of it's data
+
+ push @$list, $svBrkPt ;
+
+ } # end of breakpoint loop
+
+ $brkList->{$file} = $list ;
+
+ } # end of file loop
+
+ return $brkList ;
+
+} # end of breakpoints_to_save
+
+#
+# When we restore breakpoints from a state file
+# they've often 'moved' because the file
+# has been editted.
+#
+# We search for the line starting with the original line number,
+# then we walk it back 20 lines, then with line right after the
+# orginal line number and walk forward 20 lines.
+#
+# NOTE: dbline is expected to be 'local'
+# when called
+#
+sub fix_breakpoints {
+ my(@brkPts) = @_ ;
+ my($startLine, $endLine, $nLines, $brkPt) ;
+ my (@retList) ;
+ local($^W) = 0 ;
+
+ $nLines = scalar @dbline ;
+
+ foreach $brkPt (@brkPts) {
+
+ $startLine = $brkPt->{'line'} > 20 ? $brkPt->{'line'} - 20 : 0 ;
+ $endLine = $brkPt->{'line'} < $nLines - 20 ? $brkPt->{'line'} + 20 : $nLines ;
+
+ for( (reverse $startLine..$brkPt->{'line'}), $brkPt->{'line'} + 1 .. $endLine ) {
+ next unless $brkPt->{'text'} eq $dbline[$_] ;
+ $brkPt->{'line'} = $_ ;
+ push @retList, $brkPt ;
+ last ;
+ }
+ } # end of breakpoint list
+
+ return @retList ;
+
+} # end of fix_breakpoints
+
+#
+# Restore breakpoints saved above
+#
+sub restore_breakpoints_from_save {
+ my ($brkList) = @_ ;
+ my ($offset, $key, $list, $brkPt, @newList) ;
+
+ while ( ($key, $list) = each %$brkList ) { # reinsert loop
+ next unless exists $main::{$key} ;
+ local(*dbline) = $main::{$key} ;
+
+ $offset = 0 ;
+ $offset = 1 if $dbline[1] =~ /use\s+.*Devel::_?ptkdb/ ;
+
+ @newList = fix_breakpoints(@$list) ;
+
+ foreach $brkPt ( @newList ) {
+ if( !&DB::checkdbline($key, $brkPt->{'line'} + $offset) ) {
+ print "Breakpoint $key:$brkPt->{'line'} in config file is not breakable.\n" ;
+ next ;
+ }
+ $dbline{$brkPt->{'line'}} = { %$brkPt } ; # make a fresh copy
+ }
+ } # end of reinsert loop
+
+} # end of restore_breakpoints_from_save ;
+
+use strict ;
+
+sub dbint_handler {
+ my($sigName) = @_ ;
+ $DB::single = 1 ;
+ print "signalled\n" ;
+} # end of dbint_handler
+
+#
+# Do first time initialization at the startup
+# of DB::DB
+#
+sub Initialize {
+ my ($fName) = @_ ;
+
+ return if $DB::ptkdb::isInitialized ;
+ $DB::ptkdb::isInitialized = 1 ;
+
+ $DB::window = new Devel::ptkdb ;
+
+ $DB::window->do_user_init_files() ;
+
+
+ $DB::dbint_handler_save = $SIG{'INT'} unless $DB::sigint_disable ; # saves the old handler
+ $SIG{'INT'} = "DB::dbint_handler" unless $DB::sigint_disable ;
+
+ # Save the file name we started up with
+ $DB::startupFname = $fName ;
+
+ # Check for a 'restart' file
+
+ if( $ENV{'PTKDB_RESTART_STATE_FILE'} && $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable && -e $ENV{'PTKDB_RESTART_STATE_FILE'} ) {
+ ##
+ ## Restore expressions and breakpoints in state file
+ ##
+ $DB::window->restoreStateFile($ENV{'PTKDB_RESTART_STATE_FILE'}) ;
+ unlink $ENV{'PTKDB_RESTART_STATE_FILE'} ; # delete state file
+
+ # print "restoring state from $ENV{'PTKDB_RESTART_STATE_FILE'}\n" ;
+
+ $ENV{'PTKDB_RESTART_STATE_FILE'} = "" ; # clear entry
+ }
+ else {
+ &DB::restoreState($fName) if $Devel::ptkdb::DataDumperAvailable ;
+ }
+
+} # end of Initialize
+
+sub restoreState {
+ my($fName) = @_ ;
+ my ($stateFile, $files, $expr_list, $eval_saved_text, $main_win_geometry, $restoreName) ;
+
+ $stateFile = makeFileSaveName($fName) ;
+
+ if( -e $stateFile && -r $stateFile ) {
+ ($files, $expr_list, $eval_saved_text, $main_win_geometry) = $DB::window->get_state($stateFile) ;
+ &DB::restore_breakpoints_from_save($files) ;
+ $DB::window->{'expr_list'} = $expr_list if defined $expr_list ;
+ $DB::window->{eval_saved_text} = $eval_saved_text ;
+
+ if ( $main_win_geometry ) {
+ # restore the height and width of the window
+ $DB::window->{main_window}->geometry($main_win_geometry) ;
+ }
+ }
+
+} # end of Restore State
+
+sub makeFileSaveName {
+ my ($fName) = @_ ;
+ my $saveName = $fName ;
+
+ if( $saveName =~ /.p[lm]$/ ) {
+ $saveName =~ s/.pl$/.ptkdb/ ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $saveName .= ".ptkdb" ;
+ }
+
+ return $saveName ;
+} # end of makeFileSaveName
+
+sub save_state_file {
+ my($fname) = @_ ;
+ my($files, $d, $saveStr) ;
+
+ $files = &DB::breakpoints_to_save() ;
+
+ $d = Data::Dumper->new( [ $files, $DB::window->{'expr_list'}, "" ],
+ [ "files", "expr_list", "eval_saved_text" ] ) ;
+
+ $d->Purity(1) ;
+ if( Data::Dumper->can('Dumpxs') ) {
+ $saveStr = $d->Dumpxs() ;
+ } else {
+ $saveStr = $d->Dump() ;
+ }
+
+ local(*F) ;
+ open F, ">$fname" || die "Couldn't open file $fname" ;
+
+ print F $saveStr || die "Couldn't write file" ;
+
+ close F ;
+} # end of save_state_file
+
+sub SaveState {
+ my($name_in) = @_ ;
+ my ($top, $entry, $okayBtn, $win) ;
+ my ($fname, $saveSub, $cancelSub, $saveName, $eval_saved_text, $d) ;
+ my ($files, $main_win_geometry);
+ #
+ # Create our default name
+ #
+ $win = $DB::window ;
+
+ #
+ # Extract the height and width of our window
+ #
+ $main_win_geometry = $win->{main_window}->geometry ;
+
+ if ( defined $win->{save_box} ) {
+ $win->{save_box}->raise ;
+ $win->{save_box}->focus ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ $saveName = $name_in || makeFileSaveName($DB::startupFname) ;
+
+
+
+ $saveSub = sub {
+ $win->{'event'} = 'null' ;
+
+ my $saveStr ;
+
+ delete $win->{save_box} ;
+
+ if( exists $win->{eval_window} ) {
+ $eval_saved_text = $win->{eval_text}->get('0.0', 'end') ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $eval_saved_text = $win->{eval_saved_text} ;
+ }
+
+ $files = &DB::breakpoints_to_save() ;
+
+ $d = Data::Dumper->new( [ $files, $win->{'expr_list'}, $eval_saved_text, $main_win_geometry ],
+ [ "files", "expr_list", "eval_saved_text", "main_win_geometry"] ) ;
+
+ $d->Purity(1) ;
+ if( Data::Dumper->can('Dumpxs') ) {
+ $saveStr = $d->Dumpxs() ;
+ } else {
+ $saveStr = $d->Dump() ;
+ }
+
+ local(*F) ;
+ eval {
+ open F, ">$saveName" || die "Couldn't open file $saveName" ;
+
+ print F $saveStr || die "Couldn't write file" ;
+
+ close F ;
+ } ;
+ $win->DoAlert($@) if $@ ;
+ } ; # end of save sub
+
+ $cancelSub = sub {
+ delete $win->{'save_box'}
+ } ; # end of cancel sub
+
+ #
+ # Create a dialog
+ #
+
+ $win->{'save_box'} = $win->simplePromptBox("Save Config?", $saveName, $saveSub, $cancelSub) ;
+
+} # end of SaveState
+
+sub RestoreState {
+ my ($top, $restoreSub) ;
+
+ $restoreSub = sub {
+ $DB::window->restoreStateFile($Devel::ptkdb::promptString) ;
+ } ;
+
+ $top = $DB::window->simplePromptBox("Restore Config?", makeFileSaveName($DB::startupFname), $restoreSub) ;
+
+} # end of RestoreState
+
+sub SetStepOverBreakPoint {
+ my ($offset) = @_ ;
+ $DB::step_over_depth = $DB::subroutine_depth + ($offset ? $offset : 0) ;
+} # end of SetStepOverBreakPoint
+
+#
+# NOTE: It may be logical and somewhat more economical
+# lines of codewise to set $DB::step_over_depth_saved
+# when we enter the subroutine, but this gets called
+# for EVERY callable line of code in a program that
+# is being debugged, so we try to save every line of
+# execution that we can.
+#
+sub isBreakPoint {
+ my ($fname, $line, $package) = @_ ;
+ my ($brkPt) ;
+
+ if ( $DB::single && ($DB::step_over_depth < $DB::subroutine_depth) && ($DB::step_over_depth > 0) && !$DB::on) {
+ $DB::single = 0 ;
+ return 0 ;
+ }
+ #
+ # doing a step over/in
+ #
+
+ if( $DB::single || $DB::signal ) {
+ $DB::single = 0 ;
+ $DB::signal = 0 ;
+ $DB::subroutine_depth = $DB::subroutine_depth ;
+ return 1 ;
+ }
+ #
+ # 1st Check to see if there is even a breakpoint there.
+ # 2nd If there is a breakpoint check to see if it's check box control is 'on'
+ # 3rd If there is any kind of expression, evaluate it and see if it's true.
+ #
+ $brkPt = &DB::getdbline($fname, $line) ;
+
+ return 0 if( !$brkPt || !$brkPt->{'value'} || !breakPointEvalExpr($brkPt, $package) ) ;
+
+ &DB::cleardbline($fname, $line) if( $brkPt->{'type'} eq 'temp' ) ;
+
+ $DB::subroutine_depth = $DB::subroutine_depth ;
+
+ return 1 ;
+} # end of isBreakPoint
+
+#
+# Check the breakpoint expression to see if it
+# is true.
+#
+sub breakPointEvalExpr {
+ my ($brkPt, $package) = @_ ;
+ my (@result) ;
+
+ return 1 unless $brkPt->{expr} ; # return if there is no expression
+
+ no strict ;
+
+ @result = &DB::dbeval($package, $brkPt->{'expr'}) ;
+
+ use strict ;
+
+ $DB::window->DoAlert($@) if $@ ;
+
+ return $result[0] or @result ; # we could have a case where the 1st element is undefined
+ # but subsequent elements are defined
+
+} # end of breakPointEvalExpr
+
+#
+# Evaluate the given expression, return the result.
+# MUST BE CALLED from within DB::DB in order for it
+# to properly interpret the vars
+#
+sub dbeval {
+ my($ptkdb__package, $ptkdb__expr) = @_ ;
+ my(@ptkdb__result, $ptkdb__str, $ptkdb__saveW) ;
+ my(@ptkdb_args) ;
+
+ no strict ;
+ $ptkdb__saveW = $^W ; # save the state of the "warning"(-w) flag
+ $^W = 0 ;
+
+ #
+ # This substitution is done so that
+ # we return HASH, as opposed to an ARRAY.
+ # An expression of %hash results in a
+ # list of key/value pairs.
+ #
+
+ $ptkdb__expr =~ s/^\s*%/\\%/o ;
+
+ @_ = @DB::saved_args ; # replace @_ arg array with what we came in with
+
+ @ptkdb__result = eval <<__EVAL__ ;
+
+
+ \$\@ = \$DB::save_err ;
+
+ package $ptkdb__package ;
+
+ $ptkdb__expr ;
+
+__EVAL__
+
+ @ptkdb__result = ("ERROR ($@)") if $@ ;
+
+ $^W = $ptkdb__saveW ; # restore the state of the "warning"(-w) flag
+
+ use strict ;
+
+ return @ptkdb__result ;
+} # end of dbeval
+
+#
+# Call back we give to our 'quit' button
+# and binding to the WM_DELETE_WINDOW protocol
+# to quit the debugger.
+#
+sub dbexit {
+ exit ;
+} # end of dbexit
+
+#
+# This is the primary entry point for the debugger. When a perl program
+# is parsed with the -d(in our case -d:ptkdb) option set the parser will
+# insert a call to DB::DB in front of every excecutable statement.
+#
+# Refs: Progamming Perl 2nd Edition, Larry Wall, O'Reilly & Associates, Chapter 8
+#
+sub DB {
+ @DB::saved_args = @_ ; # save arg context
+ $DB::save_err = $@ ; # save value of $@
+ my ($package, $filename, $line) = caller ;
+ my ($stop, $cnt) ;
+
+ unless( $DB::ptkdb::isInitialized ) {
+ return if( $filename ne $0 ) ; # not in our target file
+
+ &DB::Initialize($filename) ;
+ }
+
+ if (!isBreakPoint($filename, $line, $package) ) {
+ $DB::single = 0 ;
+ $@ = $DB::save_err ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+
+
+ if ( !$DB::window ) { # not setup yet
+ $@ = $DB::save_err ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ $DB::window->setup_main_window() unless $DB::window->{'main_window'} ;
+
+ $DB::window->EnterActions() ;
+
+ my ($saveP) ;
+ $saveP = $^P ;
+ $^P = 0 ;
+
+ $DB::on = 1 ;
+
+#
+# The user can specify this variable in one of the startup files,
+# this will make the debugger run right after startup without
+# the user having to press the 'run' button.
+#
+ if( $DB::no_stop_at_start ) {
+ $DB::no_stop_at_start = 0 ;
+ $DB::on = 0 ;
+ $@ = $DB::save_err ;
+ return ;
+ }
+
+ if( !$DB::sigint_disable ) {
+ $SIG{'INT'} = $DB::dbint_handler_save if $DB::dbint_handler_save ; # restore original signal handler
+ $SIG{'INT'} = "DB::dbexit" unless $DB::dbint_handler_save ;
+ }
+
+ #$DB::window->{main_window}->raise() ; # bring us to the top make sure OUR event loop runs
+ $DB::window->{main_window}->focus() ;
+
+ $DB::window->set_file($filename, $line) ;
+ #
+ # Refresh the exprs to see if anything has changed
+ #
+ updateExprs($package) ;
+
+ #
+ # Update subs Page if necessary
+ #
+ $cnt = scalar keys %DB::sub ;
+ if ( $cnt != $DB::window->{'subs_list_cnt'} && $DB::window->{'subs_page_activated'} ) {
+ $DB::window->fill_subs_page() ;
+ $DB::window->{'subs_list_cnt'} = $cnt ;
+ }
+ #
+ # Update the subroutine stack menu
+ #
+ $DB::window->refresh_stack_menu() ;
+
+ $DB::window->{run_flag} = 1 ;
+
+ my ($evt, @result, $r) ;
+
+ for( ; ; ) {
+ #
+ # we wait here for something to do
+ #
+ $evt = $DB::window->main_loop() ;
+
+ last if( $evt eq 'step' ) ;
+
+ $DB::single = 0 if ($evt eq 'run' ) ;
+
+ if ($evt eq 'balloon_eval' ) {
+ $DB::window->code_motion_eval(&DB::dbeval($package, $DB::window->{'balloon_expr'})) ;
+ next ;
+ }
+
+ if ( $evt eq 'qexpr' ) {
+ my $str ;
+ @result = &DB::dbeval($package, $DB::window->{'qexpr'}) ;
+ $DB::window->{'quick_entry'}->delete(0, 'end') ; # clear old text
+ if (exists $DB::window->{'quick_dumper'}) {
+ $DB::window->{'quick_dumper'}->Reset() ;
+ $DB::window->{'quick_dumper'}->Values( [ $#result == 0 ? @result : \@result ] ) ;
+ if( $DB::window->{'quick_dumper'}->can('Dumpxs') ) {
+ $str = $DB::window->{'quick_dumper'}->Dumpxs() ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $str = $DB::window->{'quick_dumper'}->Dump() ;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ $str = "@result" ;
+ }
+ $DB::window->{'quick_entry'}->insert(0, $str) ; #enter the text
+ $DB::window->{'quick_entry'}->selectionRange(0, 'end') ; # select it
+ $evt = 'update' ; # force an update on the expressions
+ }
+
+ if( $evt eq 'expr' ) {
+ #
+ # Append the new expression to the list
+ # but first check to make sure that we don't
+ # already have it.
+ #
+
+ if ( grep $_->{'expr'} eq $DB::window->{'expr'}, @{$DB::window->{'expr_list'}} ) {
+ $DB::window->DoAlert("$DB::window->{'expr'} is already listed") ;
+ next ;
+ }
+
+ @result = &DB::dbeval($package, $DB::window->{expr}) ;
+
+ if( scalar @result == 1 ) {
+ $r = $DB::window->insertExpr([ $result[0] ], $DB::window->{'data_list'}, $result[0], $DB::window->{'expr'}, $Devel::ptkdb::expr_depth) ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $r = $DB::window->insertExpr([ \@result ], $DB::window->{'data_list'}, \@result, $DB::window->{'expr'}, $Devel::ptkdb::expr_depth) ;
+ }
+
+ #
+ # $r will be 1 if the expression was added succesfully, 0 if not,
+ # and it if wasn't added sucessfully it won't be reevalled the
+ # next time through.
+ #
+ push @{$DB::window->{'expr_list'}}, { 'expr' => $DB::window->{'expr'}, 'depth' => $Devel::ptkdb::expr_depth } if $r ;
+
+ next ;
+ }
+ if( $evt eq 'update' ) {
+ updateExprs($package) ;
+ next ;
+ }
+ if( $evt eq 'reeval' ) {
+ #
+ # Reevaluate the contents of the expression eval window
+ #
+ my $txt = $DB::window->{'eval_text'}->get('0.0', 'end') ;
+ my @result = &DB::dbeval($package, $txt) ;
+
+ $DB::window->updateEvalWindow(@result) ;
+
+ next ;
+ }
+ last ;
+ }
+ $^P = $saveP ;
+ $SIG{'INT'} = "DB::dbint_handler" unless $DB::sigint_disable ; # set our signal handler
+
+ $DB::window->LeaveActions() ;
+
+ $@ = $DB::save_err ;
+ $DB::on = 0 ;
+ } # end of DB
+
+#
+# This is another place where we'll try and keep the
+# code as 'lite' as possible to prevent the debugger
+# from slowing down the user's application
+#
+# When a perl program is parsed with the -d(in our case a -d:ptkdb) option
+# the parser will route all subroutine calls through here, setting $DB::sub
+# to the name of the subroutine to be called, leaving it to the debugger to
+# make the actual subroutine call and do any pre or post processing it may
+# need to do. In our case we take the opportunity to track the depth of the call
+# stack so that we can update our 'Stack' menu when we stop.
+#
+# Refs: Progamming Perl 2nd Edition, Larry Wall, O'Reilly & Associates, Chapter 8
+#
+#
+ sub sub {
+ my ($result, @result) ;
+#
+# See NOTES(1)
+#
+ if( wantarray ) {
+ $DB::subroutine_depth += 1 unless $DB::on ;
+ $DB::single = 0 if ( ($DB::step_over_depth < $DB::subroutine_depth) && ($DB::step_over_depth >= 0) && !$DB::on) ;
+
+ no strict ; # otherwise perl gripes about calling the sub by the reference
+ @result = &$DB::sub ; # call the subroutine by name
+ use strict ;
+
+ $DB::subroutine_depth -= 1 unless $DB::on ;
+ $DB::single = 1 if ($DB::step_over_depth >= $DB::subroutine_depth && !$DB::on) ;
+ return @result ;
+ }
+ else {
+ $DB::subroutine_depth += 1 unless $DB::on ;
+ $DB::single = 0 if ( ($DB::step_over_depth < $DB::subroutine_depth) && ($DB::step_over_depth >= 0) && !$DB::on) ;
+
+ no strict ; # otherwise perl gripes about calling the sub by the reference
+ $result = &$DB::sub ; # call the subroutine by name
+ use strict ;
+
+ $DB::subroutine_depth -= 1 unless $DB::on ;
+ $DB::single = 1 if ($DB::step_over_depth >= $DB::subroutine_depth && !$DB::on) ;
+ return $result ;
+ }
+
+ } # end of sub
+
+1 ; # return true value